SSC-328

4 downloads 80309 Views 9MB Size Report
SSC-328. FRACTURE CONTROL FOR. FIXED OFFSHORE STRUCTURES. Thisdocument hasbeen ... J. E. GAGORIK. MR. A. E.. ENGLE. MR. ...... p~acticesg This final report has been modified to reflect the questions, comments, and ...
SSC-328

FRACTURE CONTROL FOR FIXED OFFSHORE STRUCTURES

This document has been approved for publicrelease and sale;its distribution isunlimited

SHIP STRUCTURE COMMITTEE 1985

#

SHIP STRUCTURE COMIITkiESHIP STRUCTURE CUIIMITTEEis constituted to prosecute a research program to improve tk hull 8tructure$ of BhipB ah otkr marina structures ●n extension of krmwledqe ~rtaining to design, materialB and methds of construction. Mr. T. M. Proes Asfiwiate Administrator fok Shipbuilding, Operation & Weearch Uaritime Mmin18tration

RAW C. T. Lusk, Jr., USCG (diaiman) Chga:4t;ffice of Nerctmnt ~“rine tl. s.

mast

GJard

Beadquart&rS

Mr. J. B. Gregory ~ief, Technology AsBemment & Research Branch 14im3ralsManagement Semite

Mr. P. !!.Palenno Sxecuti~ Director Ship &sign k Integration Directorate

Naval sea syst~s

~nd Mr. T. W. Allen Engineering Officer Military Sealift mmmati

Mr. W. M. Barman vice President American Bureau of Shippirq

U. S. ~a6t

CDR D. B. Aderwn,

~ard

(Secretary)

SHIP STRUCTURE SUBC-ITTEE The SHIP STRUCTURE SUBCMMTTEE acts for the Ship Structure bmmittee on technical matters by provfdirq teshnical c-rdination for tk determination of goals ard objectives of the prqram, and by evaluating and interpreting the ad operation. remits in term of structural design, construction D. S. COAST GUARD

MILITARY SEALIFT

CAPT A. E. OENN CAFT J. R. WALLACE MR. J. S. SPENCER MR. R. E. WILLIAMS

NR. D. STEIN MR. T. W. CNAMN MR. A. A!CTERMEYER MR. A. B. STAVOVY

NAVhL SEA SYSTEWS ~

AMERICAN BUREAU OF SHIPPING

MR. J. B. O’BRIEN (CHAIRMAN) CDR R. BUBECK HR. J. E. GAGORIK MR. A. E. ENGLE MR. S. G. ARNTSON (COTR) MR. G. W~DS (Cm)

DR. D. LIU MR. I. L. STERN MR. B. NADALIN

C-D

MINERM.S MANAGEMENT SERVICE MR. R. GIANGERELLI MR. R. C. E. SMITE

~ITIPIE MR. MR. DR. us.

AMINISTRATION

INTERNATIONAL SHIP STRUCTURES CONGRESS HR. S. G. STIANSEN - LIAISON

F. SEIBOLD la.0. BANMER w. ii.MACLEAM H. w. TOlmA

AMERICAN

IRON

k

STEEL INSTITUTE

NR. J. J. SC~IDT

- LIAISON

MkTIOiWiLASSDEXY 0? SCI~CES CCsmlTTEE ON MARINE sTRlmTUREs NM. A. DUDLEY EAFF - LIAISON MR. R. W. R- LIAISON

DR.

# sOCIETY OF WAVAL ARCHITECTS MARINE ENGINEERS

STATS UNIVERSITY OF NY MARITIMR COLLEGE

&

W. R.

KUTTER -

U.6. COAST GuARD

LIAISON

ACAQ~Y

LT J. TUTTLS - LIAISON ilR.N. O. BANNER - LIAISON MR. F. SELLARS - LIAISON

U.S. NAVAL

WELDING RESEARCH COONCIL

DR.

DR. G. U.

U.S. MSRCILA?rT WARINS ACADEMY

OYMR

-

LIAISON

R.

ACAD~Y

B~mACSARYyA

- LIAISON

DS. C. B. KIM - LIAISON

F\

w-. .:~..“‘ COMMITTEE ON MARINE STRUCTURES Commission on Engineering and Technical Systems National Academy of Sciences - National Research Council



The COMMITTEE ON hARINE STRUCTURES has technical cognizance of the program. interagency Ship Structure Committee’s research

!

J {

\ Q \

Mr. A. DudleY Haff, Chairman, Annapolis,MD Prof. Alfredo H.-S. Ang, University of Illinois, Urbana, IL Mr. Griff C. Lee, Griff C. Lee, Inc., New Orleans, LA Mr. Peter W. Marshall, Shell Oil Company, Houston, TX Mrs. Margaret D. Ochi, Gainesville, FL Prof. David L. Olson, Colorado School of Mines, Goldon, CO hr. Richard W. Rumke, Executive Secretary, Committee on Marine Structures

The LOADS ADVISORY GROUP

Mr. Peter k. Marshall, Chairman, Shell Oil Company, Houston, TX Prof. kobert F. Beck, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI Prof Colin B. Brown, University of Washington, Seattle, WA Mr. John C. Estes, Zapata Offshore Company, Houston, TX Mr. Joseph P. Fischer, American Steamship Company, Buffalo, NY Prof. Joseph P. Murtha, University of Illinois, Urbana, IL Mr. Robert J. vom Saal, Bethlehem Steel Corporation, Sparrows Point, MD Prof. Paul El.Wirsching, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ

The MATERIALS ADVISORY GROUP

Prof. David L. Olson, Chairman, Colorado School of Mines Mrs. Nancy C. Cole, Combustion Engineering, Inc., Chattanooga, TN Prof. George T. hahn, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN Prof. William T. hartt, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, FL h . Santiago Ibarra, Gulf Science and Technology Company, Pittsburgh, PA Mr. John J. Schmiat, Lukens, Inc., Coatesville, PA Mr. Robert E. Sommers, Welding Consultant, Hellertown, PA Dr. Nicholas Zettlemoyer, Exxon Production Research Company, Houston, TX

SHIP STRUCTURE COhMITTEE PUBLICATIONS .

SSC-317

Determination of Strain Rates in Ship Hull Structures: A Feasibility Study by J. G. Giannotti and K. A. Stambaugh, 1984

SSC-319

Development of A Plan to Obtain In-Service Still-Water Bending Moment Information for Statistical Characterization by J. W. Boylston and K. A. Stambaugh, 1984

SSC-321

Survey of Experience Using Reinforced Concrete in Floating Marine Structures by O.H. Burnside and D.J. Pomerening, 1984

SSC-322

of Major Uncertainties Associated Analysis and Assessment With Ship Hull Ultimate Failure by P. Kaplan, M. Benatar, J. 13entson and T.A. Achtarides, 1984

SSC-323

Updating of Fillet Weld Strength Parameters for Commercial Shipbuilding by R.P. Krumpen, Jr., and C.R. Jordan, 1984

SS(+324

Analytical Techniques ior Predicting Grounded Ship Response by J.D. Porricelli and J.H. Boyd, 1984

SSC-325

Correlation of Theoretical and Measured Hydrodynamic Pressures for the SL–7 Containership and the Great Lakes Bulk Carrier S. J. Cort by H.H. Chen, Y.S. Shin & 1.S. Aulakh, 1984

SSC–326

Long-Term Corrosion Fatigue of Welded Marine Steels by O.H. Burnside, S.J. Hudak, E. Oelkers, K. Chan, and R.J. Dexter, 1984

SSC-327

Investigation of Steels for Improved Weldability in Ship Construction by L.J. Cuady, J-S. Lally and L.F. Porter 1985

SSC-328

Fracture Control for Fixed Offshore Structures by K. Ortiz, J.h. Thomas and S.D. Adams 1985

SSC-329

Ice Loads and Ship Response to Ice and H. hlount, 1985

SSC-330

Practical Guide for Shipboard Vibration Control by G.P. Antonides and W.A. hood, 1985

None

Ship Structure Committee Publications - A Special Bibliography, Ail-A140339

by

P.M. Besuner,

J.k. St. John,

C.

DaleY,

E.F. Noonan

Member Agencies:

). 6

$L

~~ v-

United States Coast Guard Naval Sea Systems Command Maritime Administration American Bureau of Shipping Military Sealift Command Minerals Management Service

&

Adde.orresponenceto: Secretary, Ship Structure Committee US, Coast Guard Headauarters. (G-M/TP 13) -, Washington, D.C. 20593’ ‘ (202) 426-2197

, “’

ship

structure Committee An Interagency Advisory Committee Dedicated to the Improvement of Marine Structures

SR-1288

The authors of this report reviewed numerous documents and discussed the fracture control practices which were in use at the time of their interviews with engineers involved in designing fixed offshore platforms. Based on the aggregate of the information then available to them, the authors summarized the state-of-the-art in material selection, design, con– struct ion and operation. Using their own engineering judgement, they then recommended research in those same general categories. Thus , this report represents the authors’ opinions based on the information gathered at a specific “point in time. ” As our knowledge of the fracture problem continues to increase, we will cent inue to advance the state-of-the-art in preventing detrimental fractures. To those entering the fixed offshore platform fracture control discipline, this report will serve as a sound basis from which to begin.

CL Chairman, Ship” Structure Committee

48v334

. o

2mw’”l-

m Technical ReportDocumentationPage 1. Ropott

No.

2.

Govwtnmont

Accession

No.

3.

Rocipiont”s

5.

Ropmrt

b.

Performing

Catalog

No.

SSC-328 4. Titl-

ond

Subtitl=

Doto

December”1984 Fracture Control for Fixed Offshore Structures

Or9anizotien

Cod.

SR-1288 E.PorforminO 7.

OrBonizotion

Ropart

No.

,_

Author(s)

‘FaAA-83-6-2

P.M. Besuner, K. Ortiz, J,M. Thomas, S.D. Adams 9.Porlerming

Organization

Nnmomd

Address

Failure Analysis Associates 2225 East Bayshore Road Palo Alto, California 943o3 12. Spo. xoring

AgoncY

Nom*

end

Addr*ss

Ship Structures Committee National Research Council 2101 Constitution Ave., NW Washington, D.C. 20412

10.

Wotk

Unit

11.

Contract

No.

(TRAIS)

or Grant

No.

DTCG23-82-C-20015 la.Typo of Ropart and Pariod Cevwt*d Final Report April 1982 – July 1983 14.

Sponsoring

Agency

Cod*

G-M 15.

SuPPlomenturYNot8~

16. Abstroct

Literature and telephone surveys were conducted to determine the current status of fracture control as practiced by U.S. designers, builders, and operators. From this, recommendations are made for strengthening industry practices: promising areas for research are identified and prioritized, as are areas where cost–effective improvements could be made within existing technology. A fracture control checklist is also provided as an example of an unstructured, yet responsive, fracture control plan.

17.

K-y

I 18.

Words

Crack Defect Failure Failure Mode Fracture 19.

SecuritY

Classic.

(of

Di~tribwtion

Fracture Control Fixed Offshore Structur~!s Offshore Offshore Structures this

2Q.

ropnrt)

SccuritY

Classic.

Statcm.nt

Document is available to the public through the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia 22151. 21.

(ofthi~pn~*)

No.

of Pages

22.

I

I

Unclassified Form DOT F 1700.7 (S-72)

486-334

I

Unclassified

Reproduction

of

completed

03

poge

authotizod

#5447f4

209

I

Price

METRICCONVERSION FACIORS

Srmbsl

Wksn VW

M24W

Mmltip~

hy

T* FM

Svmhd

lEWGIH LEN6TH

in 23 d mi

itudm

“1.s

[mm Vti*

30 0,$

mih

imhas

In

Indws

in 23 Vd mi

lJ AREA

AREA

MASS (wmi~hi] Ot

lb tmmm

VOLUME

VOIUME

-o

11&

1s0

Iluid

Tl&

pm qumls

P q

gdlmm

*I #

cubic hl cubic vatds

fmactl

TEMPERATURE

Caisium

Fahvmrwm twrlp141w*

s/9Ma mubtrmtkig

32)

rattn. Iefrpr.

Sm

Vda

[rhml

Fdwmbmil

●F

—— ___

“--Table of Content”s

I.

II.

INTRODUCTION .............*****...* ......................*.******== ●

1

SUMMARY OF CURRENT PRACTICES AND TRENDS FOR FRACTURE CONTROL OF FIXED STEEL OFFSHORE STRUCTURES

1.0

Introduction 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

2.0

2.5

4.0















● ●



Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...***.



***.*



................................ ........... Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...0. . . . . . . . . . . . Sources of Crack Initiation **.****.* Typical Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...*.* Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..tm.. httaaat References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ●



Material

Practices:

Selection

.......................

4 4 4 6 10 12 13 13 13 14 16 17

18

= .. .. *.

18 19 22 29 32

Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34

Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Practices ....................................... ........................ ............ Design Verification Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34 35 54 55 63

.............................

66

Philosophy ... . * . = Current Practices ................. Testing . . . . . ,. **** * * * O Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal References . . . . . . . . . . . . . ●





● ● ● ● ●



● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●



Practices:

=. . . . ................. .* .* . = . . ** . ................. . . . . . . . . . . . ..**



● ●

● ●



● ●

● ● ●



● ●











● ● ● ● ●



. ... . . ... *

● ● ●









● ● ●





Practices:

Construction

Philosophy .. Current Practices Inspection ......... Two Special Topics . Principal References ●

Current 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5





Current 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5

6.0





Current 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5

5.0



Current 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5



Scope *.*.**** .**.** *** ***O**** =*=*=*..= ..***=**. ===0=.===== Fracture Control Background . . . . . . . . . *..****** Fracture Control of Fixed Offshore Structures ........... A Summary of Current Practices and Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal References . . . . . . . . . .**. . * ** ***= .= . . . *

Scope of Fracture 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

3.0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..=..=.c~~=~=

Practices:

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

* , . . . .* * . . . . .* .................... .................... .................... ................ .. ●







● ●



Operation

. ................. . . . . ...* ..***.*.. . . ...* . . . . . . . . . . . .... ............

● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●



Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Practices .............................. Inspection and Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

● ●

48fj

-334

@)

66 67 73 77 83

=.....

85

......... ......... .. * * ......... .........

8!5 86 92 100 105

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..=..

ii

● ● ● ● ● ●



● ● ● ●

——.

7.0

Comparison 7.1 7.2

with

.. -----

Current

Practices

.----- ““”

in the

North

Sea

Offshore and Operating Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Major Differences in Current Fracture Control Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...**** *****=.* . ..=..... Discussion ..* . ...** ******** ******** *=**.... . . . . . . . . . . Principal References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...*** *******. =.*=== ●

7.3 7.4 III.



1.0

Introduction

2.0

Elements

2.3 3.0

4.0

5.0

6.2 6.3 6.4

a Fracture



******** . . . . . . . . . . . . ●

Control .



Plan . . . . . . . . . . .

Fracture

.

.

.

.

.

● ● ● ●

. . . ...*.*

Control

.



. ..*.****

.

.

.



Selection

and Specification

********* .*=.**

120

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.



.

.

.

.

120 121 122 126

.........................

129





..................... ............. . . Technology . . . . . . . . . . ..................... ●



● ● ●

● ●

.

● ●

● ● ● ●

Summary of Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relevant Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .***..*** **O*** Recommendations for Use of Existing Technology . . . . . . . . . . Recommendations for Future Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ●

.................................................





● ● ●

.

137 138 138 142 156

....................................

162

● ● ● ● ● ●

*. . . . ●



● ● ● ●

.

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ●

Summary of Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relevant Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommendations for Use of Existing Technology . Recommendations for Future Research . . . . . . . . . . . .

iii

486”334

137

156 157 158 159

.......................... .......................... Existing Technology . . . . . . Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Summary of Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relevant Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommendations for Use of Existing Technologies Recommendations for Future Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . ....

129 130 130 131

.... .... .... ....

Summary of Status . . . . . . . . . Relevant Documentation . . . . Recommendations for Use of Recommendations for Future

Operation 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4

.

......... . ....... ......... .........

Summary of Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relevant Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommendations for Use of Existing Recommendations for Future Research

and Monitoring

117

● ● ●

.

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●



116

117 117 119

Summary of Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relevant Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommendations for Use of Existing Technology Future Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inspection 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4

8.0

********

Scope and Method of Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * . . . =

Construction 6.1

7.0

for



Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4

6.0

. . . . . . . . . . . ...**** and Rationale

Material 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4



109 113 114

FOR IMPROVEMENTS AND FUTURE RESEARCH

Integrated 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4





RECOMMENDATIONS

2.1 2.2



107

@

...... ...... . ...0. ......

162 163 163 166



167

......... ......... ......... .........

167 168 168 168

... .... ●

.—

9.0

Overview 9.1 9.2

10.0 IV.

and Prioritization

. ..*...*****

● *

*

*

*,***....

.

.

.

.

169

...***

General Conclusions ..................................... Prioritization of Recommendations ......................

References

9

● ● ● ● ● ● ●

.......... * ●



● ● ● ●

● ●



. . . . . . . ~(.. . . . .,.8’. ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ●

CONCLUSIONS AND GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS ...****.* *....... .......... ●

APPENDIX A:

A.1 A.2

FRACTURE CONTROL:

APPENDIX B:

6.1 B.2

6.3

182 184

STATEMENT OF EFFECTS

Description of Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... Primary Impact on Fracture Control of Weld-Toe Grinding Improvement . . . . . . . , .. ........................ Secondary Influences of Weld-Toe Grinding on an Integrated Fracture Control Plan . . . . ................ ● ●



A.3

169 169



● ● ●





● ● ● ● ●

● ●

A-1



A-1

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

A-2

FRACTURE CONTROL CHECKLIST

Introduction . . . . . . . . . *****,** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial Checklist for Fracture Control Execution *******. . .

B-1 B-1

B.2.1 B.2.2 B.2.3 B.2.4 6.2.5 B.2.6

. . . . . .

B-1 B-1 B-l B-2 B-2 B-3

.........

B-3

Sources of Crack, Defect and Damage Initiation ........ Material Selection and Specification .................. Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Construction ******... . . . . . . . . . . ********* ****.*... .. Operation and Inspection . . . . . . . . ,. . . .* .. .

B-3 B-4 B-5 B-8 B-9





Specific B.3.1 6.3.2 B.3.3 6.3.4 B.3.5



General Policy .................................... Objective . . . . . . . . . . . * .................. “Scope . . .................... . ... ,.... Prerequisites and Assumptions ..................... Organization and Responsibilities .................. Fracture Critical Parts Selection Criteria ......... ● ●



● ●

● ● ●

● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ●

Requirements,

● ●

Procedures

● ● ●

● ●

● ●

and Documentation







.. .. .. .. .. ..



● ● ●

● ●

● ●

● ● ● ● ●

Listing

of Acronyms

and Symbols

ABS API API X, X’, D’, and K curves

American Bureau of Shipping American Petroleum Institute Stress vs. Number of Cycles (S-N) curves for design contained in API RP-2A (see below)

API RP-2A

Publication of the American Petroleum Institute is the primary design guide for American fixed structures (see reference listings)

ASCE

American

Society

of Civil

ASTM

American

Society

for

AhlS

American

Welding

Society

BIGIF

BOSS

A general purpose computer program for fracture analysis relying heavily upon quantities called ~ntegral equation — Generated ~nfluence~unctions Behavior of Offshore Structures (conference)

BSI

British

Standards

CEGB

Central

Electricity

COD, CTOD

Crack-Tip

Opening

CVA

Certified

Verification

CVE, CVNE

CVN energy

CVN

Charpy

da/dN

Crack propagation rate (most often of crack length per load cycle

daldt

Crack propagation rate (most cracking) in units of length

DAF

Dynamic Amplification

Factor

d/D

Ratio

diameter

DFM

Deterministic

DIRT

Design-Inspection-Redundancy

DNV

Det norske

DT

Dynamic Tear

D/T

Diameter-to-thickness

DWT

Drop-Weight

FAD

Fracture

Analysis

FASD

Failure

Assessment

FCAW

Flux Cored Arc Welding

fatigue

which offshore

Engineers

Testing

and Materials

mechanics Boundary —

Institute

(see

Generating

Board,

Displacement

Un ted

Kingdom

(test)

Agent

(USGS

m)

pmgri

CVN)

V-Notch

(test)

of brace-to-can Fracture

due to fatigue),

often due to stress per unit time in welded

tubular

in units corrosion

joints

Mechanics Triangle

(after

Peter

Veritas (test) ratio

of can or chord

member

Test Diagram Diagram (semiautomatic

v

486-334

a 0

welding)

Marshall)

GMAW

Gas Metal

Arc Welding

HAZ

Heat Affected

Zone (adjacent

IIIAJ

International

Institute

J

Applied J-Integral, a measure elastic-plastic conditions

+,JIC

Critical J-Integral required to initiate crack extension under static loads that cause significant elastic-plastic A property of the material, environment, and deformation. plastic constraint condition

K

Stress under

‘applied AK

Applied

stress

intensity

factor

Applied

stress

intensity

factor

Kc,K1c

Critical

KQ

Critical stress intensity at failure without regard

Kr

K/KQ

LEFM

Linear

MMS

Minerals

NAVSEA

Naval Sea Systems

NDE

Non-Destructive

NDT

Nil-Ductility

n/N

Ratio of applied-to-critical fatigue cycles of specified

NRL

Naval Research

Ocs

Outer

OTC

Offshore

P-A effect

The change of applied large deformation

PFM

Probabilistic

PWHT

Post-Weld

R, R-ratios

Ratio of minimum and maximum stress factor) in a fatigue cycle

RMS

Root-Mean-Square

s

Standard

SCF

Stress

Concentration

SF

Safety

Factor

intensity primarily

of Welding

factor, elastic

stress

Fracture

Management

of near

a measure conditions

intensity

Elastic

to weld)

crack-tip

of near-crack

stress

tip

under

stress

range

factor factor computed from the applied to plastic deformation or failure

loads mode

Mechanics

Service

Examination

or Inspection

Transition number of constant stress

amplitude

Lab

Continental

Shelf

Technology

Conference bending

Fracture

moment upon a column due to its

Mechanics

Heat Treatment

deviation,

as in 2s Factor

Stress

vi

4$6-334

~’ @

(or stress

intensity

Plastic-Collapse Stress and ultimate stresses) SMAW

Shielding

S-N

Stress

SPE

Society

Sr

0/a

o

Brace-to-Chord

TIG

Tungsten-Inert-Gas

t IT

Ratio

UK DOE

United

Kingdom,

USGS

United

States

WI

Welding

Institute

WRC

Welding

Research

z-di recti on

Direction

Metal vs.

(often

taken

as average

of yield

Arc Welding

Number of cycles

of Petroleum

(curve

fatigue

angle

(underwater

of brace-to-can

welding

thickness

Department

Geological

of Energy Survey

Council to plate

rolling

vi i

4$6-334

for

Engineers

intersection

normal

used

a

plane

technique)

design)

w 1:

INTRODUCTION

The Ship Structure Committee sponsored this examination of the technology and practices that constitute the fracture control plans used by designers, builders, and operators of fixed steel offshore structures. This report presents the findings of that study as responsive to four identified tasks:

Task 1:

Determine the current status of fracture control practices through

review

of pertinent U. S. and foreign

literature and interaction with designers, builders, operators, and classification societies in order to identify the extent of and contributors to the fracture problem for fixed offshore structures.

Task 2:

Identi&y the essential elements and rationale of a fracture control plan to provide a framework which could eventually evolve to a fracture control plan for fixed offshore structures.

Task 3:

Identify areas where existing technology would suggest cost-effective improvements in current practices.

Task 4:

Identify promising areas of technical research which would provide a sounder basis for fracture control of fixed offshore structures.

Performance of Task 1 was approached in two ways:

through discussion

(and formal interviews) with experts in the field and through a review of standards, specifications, and fracture control studies and surveys available in the open literature. The authors contacted members of the Ship Structure Subcommittee, Coast Guard, Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA), and other members of the offshore community and requested direction to key publications and noted industry experts as a beginning point for both the literature survey and the interview phases of the project. From this point on, the two approaches becsme complementary as the literature brought forth names of people to contact, and the new people suggested (and sometimes supplied) literature for review.

4$6-334

~)

Extensive telephone interviews were conducted with eighteen experts in the offshore oil industry, most of whom are design engineers or fracture control “generalists.” The interviews covered five key areas:

(1) scope of

the fracture problem, (2) current practices, (3) identification of imediate cost-effective improvements, (4) identification of areas for further research, and (5) additional opinions/references. ‘Thus,while the most direct outcome of the Task 1 survey was the definition of current practices

(Section

II

of

this report), the material gathered during completion of this task formed the basis for defining future needs as well (Tasks 2, 3, and 4).

Since the interviews averaged over two hours in length, and since they were not taped, the authors were concerned about possible misunderstandings and misquotation. The phone notes from these interviews were sent to the participants for correction. Not only did this ensure that the information gathered was an accurate representation of each man’s opinion, but it often resulted in the interviewee including additional material and references.

The report necessarily reflects a U. S. focus, since U. S. participants are the major concern of the Committee, and since only U. S. design, construction, and operating companies were contacted during the telephone survey phase of this contract. Although several of these companies (and interviewees) have experience with European operating environments and regulations, this experience has not been researched as extensively or reported with the same degree of confidence as the information on U. S; practices. Also please note that the report emphasises the occurrence and prevention of structural failures. Detailed discussion of the reduction of their consequences, such as through better evacuation plans or designs to withstand collision damage, is outside the scope of this report.

Once completed in draft form, the “Summary” report (Section II) was sent out for review. It was reviewed by the Project Advisory Group (composed of members of the Committee on Marine Structures and the Ship Structure Subcommittee) in October of 1982 (Sections 1 through 4) and in January of 1983 (Sections 1 through 7), then as a complete draft report in late 1983. It was also sent

to

various overseas experts to verify references to European

2

4$6-334

@[

p~acticesg This final report has been modified to reflect the questions, comments, and corrections received from these various sources.

In reviewing how the procedures currently used

constitute

an

informal

fracture control plan, holes and weaknesses in the practices were identified and indications of new directions in research, particularly in materials and design for frontier areas came to light. Many of the current and future trends identified in the “Recommendations” (Section III) stem from the enthusiastic recommendations (or equally enthusiastic condemnations) voiced by participants in the telephone survey.

Others were gathered from the literature

and from the authors’ own experience in fracture control. The “Recommendations” section refere~ces the “Summary” heavily, so that there is a clear correlation made between the recommended practices and the historical and operating environments from which these have emerged.

II.

A SUMMARY OF CURRENT

PRACTICES AND TRENDS FOR FRACTURE CONTROLOF FIXED STEEL OFFSHORE STRUCTURES

1.0

INTRODUCTION

1.1

Scope This

the

is

fracture

control

designers,

plans

builders,

in the

U.S.

of the

Gulf

brief

a summary of the

Gulf

of Mexico

of Mexico,

as well

and

a discussion

for

D.C.

although

no effort

Edition,

important

through

has the

survey,

has

for

offered

record.

used

for

American

mentioned in the

scope

constitute

used

by their

structures

located

practices

outside

when appropriate.

North

of

been

to

structures

the

will,

references been

was

the

made to

Sea

A

(Norwegian

and

problem

are

fracture

are

listed

list

all

in

is

at

authors’

only

Platforms,”

Petroleum

Institute,

the

each

end

of

references

were

Knowledge

conducted made to what

with

as

contact

little

API

section,

members

confidentially

own experience

as the

used.

with

however,

provided

Offshore

to

interviews

experience;

“API Recommended

be referred

communications

Attempts

was

American

the

telephone

the

Fixed

by the

personal

service authors

from

hereinafter,

incorporated.

the

gathered

and Constructing

document

especially

detailed

Finally,

offshore

the

published

authors’

industry,

operators

used

summary

Designing,

This

Other

offshore

this

Planning,

RP-2A.

gained

for

Thirteenth

Washington,

practices of

structures

however, are

that

completeness.

for

API RP-2A,

The practices

as abroad,

sectors)

and trends

offshore

emphasized;

current

Practice

of

the

part

of

offshore information

and

off-the-

fracture

control

of

branches

and

included.

Fracture Control Background

Fracture engineering, the

are

practices

steel

and operators.

Information

1.2

fixed

with

included

was

for

comparison

British

this

current

control management,

understanding

is’~,the

rigorous

manufacturing,

and prevention

of

application and operations

crack

initiation

4

4g6-334

a

those

technology

dealing

and propagation

of with

leading

to

catastrophic

about

- Fracture

failure.

1940.

Until

then

fracture

and evolving

design

stress

levels

ence.

When fracture

did

degree

of

built

phic

redundancy

(often

would

in

often

use large

Fracture Modern

high but

stresses, in

the

and/or

due

understanding

in past

In

minimized

Liberty

stress

1950s,

to

Study

ships.

led

to

the

use

higher

and less aggressive

environments techniques

have

led

implicit

by

by the

problem

rules,

led

along

of improved

notch-

of fracture

mechanics

and

reduced

problem

in particular

These

to

controls

fracture

of this

working

“forgiveness”

analytic

the

ships,

concentrations.

engineering

brittle

and

fatigue sizes

leading

fracture

are

or proposed in

While

for

of

final

based

pressure and jet and the

is

rare

it

each

still

integration subspecialty

in

brittle

to

with

the

design further

and crack-toughness

engines, space to

of

kinds

of

used ductile)

structures.

in nuclear

to

and critical

of fracture

bridges

largely

For mechanics

power plants,

and ships,

military

shuttle.

find the

has

of

rates,

principles

steel

is

types

propagation

and piping

was born

mechanics

several

many

on the

vessels

fracture

(and

crack

fracture

plans

plants

brittle

subcritical

aircraft,

emphasize to

to

Today

ships.

arrest

control

power

and commercial

in

and other

example, used

application

fracture

initiation

fracture,

attention

of

use

Thus some of the

drawn

consideration.

by some designers.

predict

which

of safety.

designs

stresses.

design

dynamics)

high

catastro-

subsequent

to

to

experi-

were

working

better

(e.g.,

number of World War II

sinking

in the

prevent

turbines

resistance

was

Thus the

crack

in

attention

and

to

ductility

1940s,

fracture

materials

lower

removed.

of a large

research

of

have been

the

which

designer

behavior

factors

a failure

lower

same time,

until

due to the

structures),

the

methods

cracking

rules

At the

structural

and smaller

design

decreases

defects. of

redundancy

to

If

become an important

expense

exist

by low working

catastrophic

and thus

allow

not

on trial-and-error

structures.

recently

the

based

production

did

implicitly

was not

of safety

has

at

crack-like

the

as such

controlled

often

materials

often

material

it

or early

control

plans

procedures

into

factors

strength

was

occur

prototype

control

formal

documentation

subspecialties

been

increasing

of and

and

procedures

fracture

control,

some integration

is

guaranteed

by

the

specialists. govern

negotiations

Thus, design

welding

and

inspections,

fracture

to

growth

stress

whether

material

of

explicit

behind

or

sub-

implicit, procedures,

such

as

fracture

provide

for

redundance

in

the

event

structure

these

the

welding

also

a

satisfy

properties

They

safety

The philosophy

to

concentrations,

and

the

needed

plans,

resistance.

maintain

of a part.

trade-offs

control

levels,

and crack

“fail-safety”

fracture

stress

defects

toughness

and

plans

may be simply

or

of

the

described

as to:

1.

Prevent

cracks

2.

Contain

or tolerate

3.

Contain a fracture the part if a crack

properties

concentrations.

mechanics,.

as

the

inspections

1.3

the

cracking to

a higher

fracture

repairs

forming,

or

plan

cracked

has parts

by critically tolerance

cracking

in the

and fabrication

quality

structure

structure.

into

The ultimate

and a better

both the

is

of

seen

and

elements

based

necessary

be avoided the

it.

Obviously by pre-

severity

structure. is

control

to perform

of

Increased

of a structure

result

among

on fracture

many benefits.

the

of

are

which

often

can

unseen

specification

assessing

and designing design

loss

configurations,

is not always

to

the

uses

control

control

prevented;

Some unseen

joint

expert

not

example,

procedures.

of a fracture

from

for

prequalified

and

plan

a priori

wil 1 lead

a safer,

more

cost-

use of resources.

Fracture Control of Fixed Offshore Structures

the entire risk

steel

of

mechanics

of

cracks

Fracture

has

are,

Thus while

a fracture

The adoption

efficient

use

cracks

control

and inspection

stress

to

a part or tolerate grow critically.

elements

visible

such

attention

within should

Some

those,

the

of those

a fracture

material

venting

growth

When implemented, elements.

costly

when possible;

determined offshore

control of

practices

an offshore

1‘our major Iplatforms.

consider project.

activities First,

the

risk

For ease related

material

to the

of

as a part

of discussion, fracture

control

this

of

report of fixed

selection and quality control are

6

486-334

fracture

/ C?3

aimed

at the

prevention

due to substandard with

resistance

material to

crack

phases are conducted

fabricated

details

residual

of brittle,

growth

used

in the

all

fracture

current

constitute as

such.

industry

for

hereinafter

four

conferences practices

it

activities

substandard

and detrimental are carried out to

the

is

structure

construction

minimize

sizes,

In examining

structures,

major

Building

and

current

practices

necessary

to consider

and see how they

or

(e.g.,

Offshore

in

Structural The most

may relate

to

in

the

fixed

plan,

whether

documentation

Classing

not

of

this

ASCE,

Offshore

professional

proceedings

of

explicitly plan

American

the

Bureau

or

formally

be

found

of Shipping’s

(e.g.,

American of Also

Conference

on

to

Society technical

many of the

in more quantitative

1981

in

(referred

or OTC).

discussed the

can

proceedings

Conference, are

structures

Installations”

and

report

offshore

journals

journals),

Technical

steel

or

API RP-2A and the

in this

basic

American

Practice

Platforms,”

recommendations

to

detail

Fatigue

and

Steels.

Recommended

Offshore

related

ABS Rules**),

Engineers,

Fisher

the

(e.g.,

summarized

P.J.

Offshore

Much of

as the

Civil

issued

defect

the

Third,

a way as to

initial

of these

control

publications

“Rules

“API

provides

design

operation and inspection*

practices

a fracture

stated

by

such

and fatigue

control. The

of

in the

fracture

of damage.

of the structure.

control

used

in

welds),

And fourth,

fracture

practices

and tolerance

and inspected

maintain the integrity

of ductile,

Second,

properties.

(especially

stresses.

and types

which

describing

October

1969,

for is

fracture Planning, not

currently and

control

is

document

Designing,

a code

or

now in

its

and

regulation,

acceptable

is

API RP-2A,

Constructing but

practices. thirteenth

the

Fixed

a compilation It

edition.

was

of first

Because

*Inspection may be treated as a separate activity (see Section 111:4.4) but, because most inspection occurs before and during the operation phase, is considered here as a part of that activity. **As noted in the references, the 1982 draft version of this document was used in preparing this report, and that version has not been checked against the nonavailable 1983 ABS Rules.

American

experience

has

generally

represents

that

document

are

discussed

been

mainly

in

the

Gulf

Two types

experience.

of

Mexico,

the

of structure

API

covered

RP-2A

by this

next.

A template-type

Template Platform: The jacket parts.

platform consists of three

is

a welded tubular space frame which is designed as a template for pile driving and as lateral bracing for the piles. The piles anchor the platform permanently to the sea floor and carry both vertical and lateral loads. The superstructure is mounted on top of the jacket and consists of the necessary to deck and trusses support supporting Generally, operational loads. template-type and other platforms are carried from the fabrication yard to the site on a barge and are either lifted or launched off the barge into the water. After positioning the jacket, the main piles are driven through the jackets’ legs (usually four or eight), one through each leg. Other piles, “skirt piles,” may be driven around the perimeter of the jacket as needed.

Tower Platform: A tower platform is a tubular space frame four, large diameter legs (e.g., 15 which has a few, generally feet ). The tower may be floated to the site on its large legs such a tower is also known as a “selfwithout a barge; Piles, when used, floater.” are usually driven in groups or clusters through sleeves located either inside or outside the large legs. When piles are not used, spread footings may support the tower.

The ABS Rules gravity

apply

structures,

buoyant

several

In steel

and

or

types

interest

to

this

Offshore

this

as pile-supported

other

platforms.

in

gas

also

report

space

and

been

terminals,

requirements) All

summary

of

report.

platforms, to articulated

these

are

Figure

discussed,

1 illustrates

is

drilling used

and

in

and for

other

drilling

production

light

platforms,

stations,

applications.

and production

fixed

oceanographic However,

platforms,

the

main

which

are

frames.

technology

was installed

2000 platforms

and (with

leg

oil

have

supertanker

tubular

template

tension

defined

of platforms.

addition

of

structures”

collectively,

structures

research,

“fixed

guyed towers,

towers

individually

steel

to

installed

is

growing

in twenty in the

feet Gulf

rapidly. of water of Mexico,

8

The first in

1947.

in water

shallow

water

Today there depths

are

steel over

of up to 1050

I a



o 0

-

I

-o 0 0 a

E

o

I

.

a -+ -+ -+

I

-@ t!Y

T

d 1

I

a

0 0

+==&=---: I

U7 aJ

03

.

1-

1.

F—+ * -_.

—--——

--

F-4

-_:

m

a 0 0

i. 4 w m

1-



l-----____

-

w i-

48~-$J~A

m

FaAA-83–6-2

feet.

Along

with

have

also

practices

this

growth

changed.

in

technology,

fracture

The API RP-2A is

control

now in its

related

thirteenth

edition

been the

extension

in as many years. The primary of the its

motivation

technology

foreword,

tural

deeper

states

types

terized

to

or

that

Southern

has

all

around

the

in

computer-aided

dynamic

early

tubular

with

Large as

structures

define it this

1.4

the target.

the

average,

must define

been the

and

programs

loads

frames.

Future

involve

North

United

Sea,

States,

concurrent

and growth

large

characterize

loads shell

platforms

or no operating

complex

wave loads

been changing.

transfer

through

charac-

life.

have also

to

those

Today’s

which

and fatigue

through

action,

are

often

For example, gusset

without

in the

more complex

analyses

plates.

the

stiffened

trends

use of

internally

design

of offshore

and more thorough

joints. control

practices

A summary of current

the

design.

in

struc-

in the

has

in deep water

fracture

moving

opened

development

stress,

undoubtedly,

have

little

of the

designed

aircraft

where

Draft,

“unique

are

Coast

computer

transfer

which

East

of designs

were

of tubular

Thus, fast

in

will,

understanding

with

joints

the

aimed at

areas,

or areas

analysis

types

joints

rings,

this

response,

joints

Modern tubular gussets.

Canada,

Aiding

The prevailing

specifically

frontier

depth

has

The Ai3S Rules/1982

waters.

New frontiers

Alaska,

designed

development

is

in

water

structural

are

and analyze

located

world.

this

document

obtained.”

California,

structures

the

great

been

all

and rougher

structures

by relatively

experience

for

or typical, trend,

this

practices

practice

or direction,

of

must,

and the of those

industry

are

clearly

therefore,

variation

about

practices.

This

a

not only the

average,

is a goal

of

project.

A $umnary

of

After

short

a

Current

discussion

(Section 2), the current fracture

Practices and Trends

practices

control will be summarized

placed on Gulf

of Mexico

practices

of

the

of the

of

four major

the

fracture

activities

(Sections 3, 4, 5, and 6).

because

10

486-334

scope

@

most

American

offshore

problem

related to Emphasis

structures

is

are

located

The concluding

there.

Mexico practices The design,

with

four

North

current

current

fracture

particular

control

measures

brief

discussion

short

list

Offshore number

of

into

other

as testing

will

highlight

follows The

physical

These

practices

Design,

and

are

and

Installations:

spread

subject

around

American

made when using Quality And a

of controversy,

will

the

indicated,

be summarized.

conclude

Gulf

etc.

each

In

world.

international

developed,

follows

in

the

North

a different

In a sense,

Construction

DNV Rules),

the

of the

summarized.

also

points

be

goals

be

will

trends,

for

being

used

environment

of Mexico.

will

installa-

A

section.

spite

of

practices

the

tend

of Mexico practices.

to The

Sea practices.

practices

Gulf

of

selection,

philosophy

will

between

practices

current

One type

North

Gulf

and

the

control

or inspection

has

areas

two types.

compare

material

section,

and trade-offs

references

technology

discuss

fracture

current

such

different

to

goals The

of principal

7) will

transportation,

In each

respect

practices.

control

fall

with

will

fabrication,

and inspection.

practices

including

sections

(including

and operation

(Section

Sea practices.

practices

construction

tion),

section

they

documented

the

represent by

United

Guidance

on

have

regulatory

the

and Inspection by

Sea

of Fixed

Design

and

norske

of

than

opposite

a different those

of

Construction,”

for

the

1974

(the

Energy 1977

the

pole.

“Rules

Structures,”

Department

in

philosophical

Veritas

Offshore

Kingdom

out

structure

the

Det

grown

(the

“Offshore UK DOE

Guidance). The final Gulf

of

elsewhere the

other,

Mexico in

the

or will

section

of this

practices world,

or

report

compares

and

North

Sea

the

United

States,

be somewhere

between

the

11

486-334

@r)

the

practices.

two.

will

main differences The probably

between

practices

found

resemble

one or

1.5

Principal

References*

“API Recommended Practice Petroleum Institute, and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms,” Edition, Dallas, Texas, January 1982.

1.

American Designing, Thirteenth

2.

Det norske Veritas, “Rules Fixed Offshore Structures,”

3.

United Kingdom Department “Offshore Installations: Majesty’s Stationery Office,

4.

Marshall, P.W., ASCE Convention,

5.

McClelland, B. (cd.), The Design published by Van Nostrand Reinhold,

6.

American Bureau of Shipping, Rules Installations, ABS Special Committee (Draft) 1982.

7.

Fisher, “Fatigue February

for the Design, Construction Oslo, Norway, 1974. Petroleum of Energy, Guidance on Design London, 1977.

Planning, API RP-2A,

and Inspection

of

Engineering Division, and Construction,” Her

“Fixed-Bottom, Pile-Supported, Steel Atlanta, Georgia, October 1979. of Fixed New York,

for

Offshore 1982.

Offshore

Platforms,”

Structures,

for Building and Classing on Offshore Installations,

to

be

Offshore New York,

“Summary of Current Design and Fatigue Correlation,” in P.J., in Offshore Structural Steels,” Conference Proceedings, London, 24-25, 1981.

*All references cited in this able to the authors at the were finalized in 1983.

document time this

were current or the most recent availstudy was undertaken. The ABS rules

12

2.0

THE SCOPE OF THE FRACTURE

2.1

Introduction

While fixed

it

steel

cracked

is

or

joints,

structures.

This

confidence

in

exist

whether

is

ation

missing

due

a desire

In truth, and heat-affected

platforms,

bridges,

exist,

but

is

to

zones

rather,

these

public’s

crack-like

or

of

in

the

of steel

buildings,

reveal

exist

maintain or

of

a reluctance

cracks

cracks

welds

do they

that

fabrication sometimes

there

admit

to

during

inspections

braces,

to

operations.

not,

section

in fixed

nificance

2.2

of these

Sources

offshore tion, the

of

Crack

defects structures,

nuclear

how significant

reactors. and serious

defects

are

are

Poor large

heavy

sometimes, of

its

good

can be prevented

of

crack

examples.

initiThe sig-

be considered.

source

a defect

largest the

the

materials

in the

weld.

normally the

which cool caught

proper

cracks

preheat

in high

@

of

or these

from the welding

welding

technique

configurations

residual

The worst

and other

inclusion

significant

joint

inspections

In steel

used.

poor

Certain

installa-

material.

to initiate

or

of an

encountered

a non-metal

is

and shrink. in

initiation

most

plate

results

13

486-334

or and

of

welds

construction or after

original

region,

for

as the

the

of crack

in the

before

welds,

during

and installation,

opportunities

of the

by using

may initiate

the

defects

are

also

be a porous

weldability

cracking cracking

is

practice

several

restraint

will

transport

and rejected

crack-like

and some typical

The first

might

detected

There process.

defects

operation.

In

common sources

Initiation

during

a defect

the

structures

of any structure

such

examine

of cracking

or crack-like

lamination.

leave

types

its

life

briefly

offshore

structure, during

plate

will

steel

Cracks

type

is

crack

divers’

industry

apparently

of the

often

they? This

to

even

offshore

offshore

welds

and that

or

be offshore

The question are

the

in all

they

known that

structures,

parted of

always

well

offshore

some members

in

PROBLEM

during welding

lead

stresses examples

can

and, of this

fabrication, procedures.

and

Improved with

material

and

embrittled

fracture

when

thickness

ductility

lamellar

of

correctly load,

and hence

the

load

out,

damage

is

object

from

usually

crack

the

the

most are

subtle

these

time;

continued

processes

due to

loading

such

not

anticipated,

be

i.e.,

operator

if

Typical

that

so they

is

might

not

Impact

or

crack

initiation.

corrosion

a dropped

the

operator

and

fatigue.

evolve

over

a period

to find

these

cracks.

after

a severe cracks

not In the

operator

be discovered

case, should

probably until

but

considered

first and

of

environmental

may initiate,

properly

may initiate

known by causing

over-

structure.

for

underdesigned.

loads

ways during

cases,

is

the

to joint

these

required

the

lead

overload

coordinated

collision

However,

cracks

the

balancing

the

cracks

loading

underdesign,

2.3

defects

ordinary

by

of leg

to

In

may be suspected

case,

or make themselves

rejected

is

where

large,

and

the

of

are

and their

knows

initiate,

large

initiation

usually

to

defects

crack

structure

cracks

With

to check

the

second

this.

surveillance

of fracture

in several

A boat

or an earthquake.

if

not

may initiate

where)

slowly

overloads

as a storm

In the

easily.

occur

through-

rolling-plane

could

operation

of

chance

may require

loading

common cause.

of

or periodic

Cracks

and

special

loads.

a crane,

impact

examples

sources

the

to brittle

many opportunities

frames

Cracks

knows when (and perhaps

Since

the

sudden

problems

susceptible

in the

are

the

alleviate

with

out-of-plane

of

launch,

deck

extension

there

initiation.

transport,

probably

More

design,

or

is

material

Mispositioning

cranes,

also

can reduce

crack

assembly

cranes.

between

of

locations

construction,

instance,

several

use

to significant

during

can

Such material

the

brittle

subjected

For

effort

Also,

in critical

Finally,

procedures

by welding.

and of

walls

a joint.

welding

loaded.

tearing,

and brace ..

special

they

in

overload, find

doesn’t become

them expect rather

problems.

Examples

good welding enough during are

to

practice degrade

the

welding

known to

exist

and proper the

structure process.

in a welded

controls, are

usually

However, joint

but

.

14

486-334

cracks

2-G (29

and crack-like

prevented there

are

are allowed

or caught classes to

of

remain.

A small the

defect

joint

are

evaluated

if,

purpose

Lamellar plate

problem. loading (or

occur,

brittle

only

where

the

are

a few years

after

is,

but

either than

to

at

of

and the

remedial

of

whether

another

problem, measures

strike

followers, the

pile

is

the

ten years

restraint

used,

resists

they

are

these

its

cracks

ago.

The extra-

sensitive

to

this

and through-thickness

with

high

lamellar

through-thickness

tearing

used

as

under

crack

cracks,

and

occur?

in-plane

cases,

during

installation

is

case,

case

where

crack

has

suddenly

must

common problem several

estimate

on

with

extension

been

dropped.

to

down.

15

02

that

during

at

the

in

not they

trans-

are

clearly

the

time

of

For this

operator

must

crack

is due

the

available

before

needed. drop For

off

depending

more

the

example,

hammer when the

Obviously,

and discussed and Inspection.

were

a few years.

are

the

welds

existed

is

asked.

initiated

concerns

time,

cases

cracks

fatigue

or whether

way

are

suspected

how much time

their

will be defined *“Fitness-for-purpose” sections on Construction and Operations

486-334

is

is to have heavy objects

water)

have

in

or replacement)

braces

(above

crack

underdesigned,

repair,

it

appeared

degradation is

the

operator’s

no significant

In the

those

or from

the

ultrasonic

installed.

Sometimes

In other

the

underwater

many questions

time.

that

water,

been

possibly

structure

an

has

real

not

(inspection,

or

platform

up with

found;

and then

one

picked

to

structural

the

An apparently and

is

sometimes

were

these

in the

situation

determine

and

accomplish

Thus,

life).

defect

is,

still

was part’ cularly

material

when did the

from an overload

serious

that will

about

of heavy weld

correspond

initiated

installation,

problem

which

indications

thoroughly

different

joint

fatigue

platforms

plate

inspected

If

Sea

ductility,

fabrication,

port.

the

and useful

when conditions

always

during

North

indications

The first

defect,

the

extension.

Crack testing

“fitness-for-purpose,”*

was a serious

a special

crack

When found,

be problems.

in

z-direction)

one example.

the

strength

tearing

Today,

is

their

even with

to

used

root

for

(i.e.,

not considered

thick

weld

considered

to see

intended are

in the

detail

deck pile

top

of

on the

in

the

object

dropped,

the

resulting

crack,

a gouge,

a tear, as

Corrosion, always.

An improper

can

the

turn

highly

mentioned, or

or more severe it

Sea have

was not

fatigue

led

with

the

horizontal

below

the

In

those

2.4

Conclusions

this

are

struction these

by preventing

The other designs.

tearing that

the

the

most

the

problems

cases

falling

of

cases,

first

plates,

problems,

experience the

have been worked

out.

being

technology

or

area,

appropriate

measures.

aware and

of

then

to

has occurred the

first

level

led to fatigue

cracking,

even

of fracture

problems.

human error.

poor

welding

One

Examples technique,

control

is

new technology

gained

weldability in the to

fewer,

the of

of con-

achieved

North

and by the

Fracture unique

by

rapidly

control

2 CD

problem

Sea.

in

new frontier diminishes

Experience

third is

best

generation, achieved and

experience

in

lamellar

in a frontier

characteristics gaining

or

new materials,

be installed

the

5-334

spectrum)

were

Fracture

16

48(!

at

fatigue

probably

types

is

of platforms has

in the

forces

or direct

relates

second

by first

the

load

platforms

wave

weld.

Sea designs

conductors

also

the

rapid,

installed

(wave

later

operation

from occurring.

and fatigue

generation

well

objects.

problem are

for

due to

errors

as

North

basic

initiations

Examples

in thick

isn’t

in

into

In early

vertical

workmanship

the

type

In these

areas. later

and

two

corrosion)

environment

overloads

are

crack

overloads,

cases

joint

poor

the

designs,

there

significant

it

resulting

platforms

problem

supporting

was considered.

of

welding

first

severe

Another

fatigue

because

an offshore

(crevice

fatigue.

and the

though

occurs

however,

metal.

some of the

with

and repeated

type

slices

for

problem;

The damage may be corrosion

framing

that

a subtle

weld

of the

to cracking.

appears

of a joint.

anodes,

underestimated

It

a

electrolytic

into

known that

surface.

in a brace,

welds

analyzed

for

be

a dent

ground

had problems

explicitly

separation

can

knife-edge

is

be negligible,

inadequate

corrosion

Finally, North

or complete

underwater

detectable,

pitting

damage could

has area

has

most of in these

demands and

shown

of

applying

a

2.5

References

1.

Telephone Production

interview Research

with Charles P. Royer Company, Houston, Texas,

and Nick Zettlemoyer, on September 14 and 16,

2.

Telephone interview with Peter Marshall, Shell Oil Company (USA) Houston, Texas, on August 17, 1982, from 12:30 - 2:00 p.m. PDT.

3.

Rolfe, S.T. and J.M. Barson, Fracture Prentice Hall, Inc., New Jersey, 1977.

and Fatigue

Control

Exxon 1982.

in Structures,

3.0

CURRENT PRACTICES:

Of the practices

There

major

for

material

are

disagreement

why?

desired

practices

the

this; are

And, what

are are

and how best

is

current

indus-

there

is

fracture. are

see

current

because

to control

done to

the

the in the

What properties

What tests

properties?

one

needed

questions:

control,

most variation

a major

properties the

fracture

selected

that

the

thoughts

and

materials

on how these

improved?

Philosophy

assure

fundamental

that

the

material

must

without

fracture.

which

might

fracture

To decrease

ture

be

accommodate

service

option

an inverse or

a

trade-off

between

more

creates

costly

steels

a more complex

to

a

to

with for

the

That

defects to

brittle

is,

fracture and toughness

strength-toughness

for

which

both

properties

among strength,

selection.

a higher

yield

joints.

There

the

strength

and the

a stronger

material

the

18

material

in material

be chosen

a stronger

trade-off

the

deformation

susceptible

material

between

strength

design

structure.

often

resistant

in

to

means that

plastic

limit

material

of a material.

less

of

is

assumed this

to be considered

So when choosing

avoid

amounts

selection

as

structures

avoid

correlation

material

material

as well

large

will

toughness,

One way to

least

structure,

material,

in

offshore

of the

the

of

at

and to

temperature

weight

goal

two sub-goals:

the

the

of

are

trade-off

tough.

considered.

there

in

fracture,

often

possible

expense

to

a stronger

less

Therefore,

able Thus,

resistance,

usually

behave

is an important

i.e,,

however,

will

joints

initiate

There

control

For tubular

at the

stress,

fracture

material

calculations.

is

to

exhibit for

specified?

may be deficient

The

is,

reasons

discusses

they

related

selection

several

section

How are

have the

activities

over what material

This

3.1

four

used

try.

MATERIAL SELECTION

is

for also

the

dilemma are toughness,

steel

is

joints,

being

should

fracit

chosen.

be carefully is

to

bear

adequate.

the This

and cost.

3.2

Current

Practices

3.2.1

Desired

Properties

General

properties

tility

are

needed

to prevent

presence

of material

process

ability.

which

defects

assure

and some other

tural

avoid Diagram

transition is

plate.,

the

size

which

dynamic

in tubular

joints.

test;

a specimen

passes

break

the

plotted

for

material

is

of the

material

avoid

materials brittle

different

the

plastic

based

on the

is

weld-

the

of

always

only

if

moderate least

applications

strains

45°F

Based stresses

below

the

to this

19

ductility below which failure

and

is

be similarly philosophy,

Test the

bends

strain

rates

(hot

arrested

well

a

against

dynamically

design

is

to propagate

dynamically

on these

at

can

nil

calibrated

locations

crack

Analysis

of

before

if

above yield,

a of

during

data,

a

spots)

stress-versus-temperature

sizes. flaws

the

To

(NRL) Drop-Weight

is

initiated

the

S-shaped, flaw

according

the

suddenly

Fracture

required

which

highest-stress

are

test

test,

struc-

deformation.

of ductile

Lab

which

occurs

temperature

stress

Research

This

is

probability

temperature,

Cracks

be at

other

fracture,

for

mode in

that

prior

the

dynamic

simulates

initial

to withstand

in

test

at

A family

must

steel

and weld-

measure

failure

element

and the

E208-69).

initiation

is

important

a Naval

closely

welds

as through

nominal

in

of the

plate.

properties

defect,

The NDT represents

the

failure

plate,

fracture

the

process,

of the

relevant

for

Since

manufacturing

catastrophic

selection

brittle

ASTM Standard

sharply-notched

important

levels

set.

composition

or crack-like

most

(NDT).

entirely

to

steel

are

key mechanical

most

such

of

as a function

NDT (see

the

tolerance

plate

The chemical

by a crack

The FAD plots

flaw

rolled

by the

a frequently

material

almost

negligible. given

is

temperature

fracture

may be

key properties.

fracture,

(FAD),

and duc-

ductility

fracture,

in the

material’s

or no warning,

brittle

strength,

through-thickness

controlled

is

initiated

and w-ith little

for

the

fracture

steels,

ultimate

initiate

may be specified. to

Brittle

might

is

Carbon-equivalent

ability

cases,

and laminations

itself

controlled

strength,

tearing.

defects

inclusions,

as yield

special

lamellar

porosity,

also

In

standard.

To limit

the

such

this it

can

curves

is

the

joint the

NDT

temperature.

The NDTs

determined.

Thus,

the

NDT of the

materials

to

should

be

below

operational

3.2.2

temperatures

less

than,

in

terms

of,

minimum

Specifications mill

carbon-equivalent, brittle

elastic

testing

methods

bounds.

This if

toughness

most

levels,

the

toughness

current using

Tests

or

The API RP-2A gives

the

testing

tubular

joint

its

Table

54°F

below

the

in ratios

lowest

anticipated

criteria

call

for

no-break

failure

in the

test

plate,

Charpy specimen

V-notch

fracture

steels,

and at

Charpy

at least

energies

energy

25 ft-lbs.

are thought

that

the

NDT of the

Some operators testing

different

specify

temperatures Charpy

the

FAD (in

for

the

terms

material’s

essentially

This

of flaw lower

size

energy

on flat

cracks

at

implies

energy

below the

(Group lower

for for

impact

underwater joints

plates

not

with

should

be Test

propagate

severe.

NDT.

level),

15 ft-lhs. strength

to

II)

necessary

Other

a different

before (Group

steels.

shelf Tests

I)

These

of the

corresponding

same criteria

either

@j

low

and Drop-Weight

or stress at the

least

for

above the

the

20

486-334

test

for

tests is

energy

do

may be more or less

energies.

absorbed

criteria

i.e.,

the

material

desired

toughness

example,

medium strength

Charpy

low.

to assure

For

to

temperature.

to be slightly

Thus the

equal

NRL Drop-Weight

call

(i.e.,

or

conditions

temperature

for

curves

materials.

to assure

criteria

than

critical

temperature.

specified

specified

energy-versus-temperature these

performance, at the

the

20 and 30,

service

at

too

notch

temperature

conservative

that,

less

V-notch

toughness

as

of KIC tests

2.9.3.

between

except

is already

Charpy

of Tradi-

fracture

dictate

is to specify

tests.

material

KIC)

thicknesses

ability

levels,

standardized.

no value

resistance

defect

The specification

less

practices

practice

NRL Drop-Weight

diameter-to-thickness

or

unsatisfactory

standard

is

(LEFM or

little

fracture

material

so forth.

mechanics

determined

usually

determine and

as

of

brittle

the

either

such

typically be

to

ductility,

because

details, Given

for

are is

used

fracture

KIC can

structural

are

properties

linear

joints,

tests

strength,

fracture

tional

the

defined

temperatures.

Standard

for

and

impact

to

the

NDT)

are

intended

temperature. as the

API,

operators

except specify

interpretation

or a different

expectation

of

Some operators material

and

rely

do not

perform

steels,

such

classes,

A, B, and C.

toughness

toughness

Class

C the

ABS Rules

and

are

discussed

in the

throughout

the but,

over

encountered

the

directions, metal,

indirectly

generic

to have the

a

common

toughness

highest

qualitative

(i.e.,

generic

This

inexpensive

of materials,

plate (that

The Charpy

is,

test

correlation

assure

with

more

which test

for

whether

heats,

results

used of

toughness

in base

loading

metal,

weld

(CVE) cannot

CVE is

quantitative

is

is

a variety

adequate

thicknesses,

However,

computations.

quantitative

test,

test

energy

Both

experience-based)

small-specimen toughness

their

thickness.

impact

to

by

The

V-notch

control

weld

steels

toughness.

Charpy

the

of and plate

the

quality

to

design

way of

displacement,

or

mechanics-based in

a

Properly

specifying

COD (also measure

ductile related

to Thus,

establishing

quantitative

properties,

and crack

specimens

than

material

qualification,

rather toughness

than

the

especially

amount before

stress

this

is the

of

sometimes

parameters

It

Charpy

test,

is,

more

be used

such

as

for

Its

than

among

loads,

its

use

in use

the

is

the

currently

making

specifications

evaluations. 21

0 3

fracture a crack

at

loading. for

Charpy

design

test

geometry,

larger

restricted

defect measure

to

evaluation, of

evaluation its

for

material

and employs

and accepted

a

static

normally

fitness-for-purpose

fitness-for-purpose

486-334

is

is

suitable

more expensive

certification, COD is

practice

COD is

opening

tip

withstood under

useful

however, so that

control.

steels.

occurs the

crack

This

strain

fracture

is

the

material.

and strain,

test

size.

through

plastic

relationships

British

in ductile

of

structural

quality for

of the

local

toughness

CTOD),

material

calculations.

practice,

of

below. Another

defect

for

zone).

for

into

and III)

as a semi-quantitative

spectrum

through

described

defects

upon

and proximities

directly

II,

adequate

section.

or heat-affected

used

tip

based

especially,

purposes

42,

supposed

methods,

assuring

industry

Grade

classifications

(I,

optional

next

are

toughness

The API RP-2A groups

tests.

similar

of Grade

for

specifications

A steels

generic

lowest.

as a function

quantitative

supposed

ASTM A572

contain

ABS and API contain

on the

toughness

ASTM A36 or

and Class

The

the

as

entirely

way into

fracture of

weld

American

and structural

and

3.3

Testing

Quality testing

samples

tests,

and assurance

of the

material

in particular,

Materials

3.3.1

those

(ASTM), that

Testing

Toughness

values

plans, is

and

considerable There

purposes.

to be used

used

four

to

basic

American

quality

types

of

There

assurance,

best

accomp” ished are

standard

to

as

toughness

use

part

for

tests

and

and so forth.

of

calculations.

test

by

Te! ting

for

strength,

assessment

the

is

Society

toughness,

fracture as

selection

in fabrication.

by the

for

detailed debate

are

material

composition,

are

for

for

specified

cover

Toughness

control there

control

fracture However,

these

used

for

varying offshore

structures: .

The Charpy

.

The Drop-Weight Tear Test

.

The Crack Tip Opening

.

Fracture mechanics stress tests to measure critical intensity factors (KC or K ~) or critical values of the Jintegral (Jc or J1 ). i lnce COD results can be used (usually) more effec ! ively in fracture mechanics analyses, and since current trends dictate that offshore materials should be tough enough to invalidate K1 tests of specimens taken from the offshore structure? 11! tle description is provided below for KIC and JIC testing.

As described difficulty,

degree

toughness

or crack

V-notch

Test

below, of

(CVN) impact

(DWT), or the

Displacement

these

tests

familiarity,

propagation

test

vary whether

toughness

closely

related

Dynamic

(CTOD or COD) test

in

a number

they

or both,

of ways:

measure

crack

and whether

they

cost

and

initiation are

static

or dynamic. Charpy used

toughness

(10 mm square swinging

Test.

This

test. in

pendulum.

test

It

cross

is

is the covered

section)

The energy

simplest,

by an ASTM standard,

notched to

most familiar,

break

22

specimen the

is

specimen

A370-77.

broken is

and most widely A small

dynamically

recorded.

This

by a CVN

energy

(CVE) is

results,

the

although

toughness the

fracture

The CVN energy

increases

the

region,

transition

of energy

versus

The directly

related

Its

specified never of

use

is

API

was

for

specifies

specifications

controls

such

selection

guidelines)

widely

used the

usually

results structure.

of

Class

results

with

cannot

structure

15 ft-lb for

parameters that

design

stress

B, Group

were

CVN energy

criterion

inadequate

meet

Fractures

Class

be

without

materials

test.

an

on”the

to as

criteria

is

still

B, Group I steels guarantee

against

levels.

II steels.

Grade

material

the

API RP-2A Some operators

of

the

and

(I,

II,

or III)

quality

fact

that

the

not

very

similar

CVN test

control rate

cannot the

range thickness.

grade,

service

The

include

properties Table

from 15

A.3

direct

and

indirect

for

material

temperature,

and

areas. are

that

it

that is

the

specimen

universally

is

cheap

familiar.

and It

is

purposes.

The disadvantages

of the

CVN test

of

and the

of the

specimen

to

loading those

be directly

energy

also

These

(in

steel

Specified

and plate

Charpy

of

optional

selection.”

controls.

application

and

test,

for

Further,

steel

maximum thicknesses

of material

Charpy-based,

CVN specimens)

toughness

as a function

fabricate

similar

for

transverse-direction

on

test

contains

longitudinal-direction

advantages

the

higher

10.1.3,

“toughness

criticality

to

This

provide

for

Section

other

relating

simple

A plot

CVE and such

in the

minimum level

for

(for

controls

are

specified

or

contain

The

through

World War II when the

greater.

steels

depending

ABS Rules

shelf,

levels.

minimum averages

include

or

during

the in the

between

absorbed

plates

may

and

25 ft-lbs

test

a parameter.

temperatures.

and

experience

energy

ship

the

The ABS Rules,

defined

for

it

higher

as

lower

higher

stresses

on satisfactory

a minimum of 25 ft-lb

may require

at

correlation

However, some

shelf

to allowable

ft-lb

and is

be used

from the

qualitative

the

based

15

RP-2A.

fracture

to

essentially

in Liberty

steel

upper

from the

may be drawn.

minimum standards

commonly used, in

is

may also

temperature

the

demonstrating

observed

the

test

quantitatively

data

as KIC.

with

temperature

most commonly extracted

appearance

up to

CVN test

extensive

parameter

experienced related

absorbed

23

includes

to

thickness by the allowable both

structure. stresses

initiation

The in the

energy

and

energy

to

this

is

for

hull

propagate

a drawback steel

cracks

is

will

in

fracture

argument, crack.

test

This

is

such

crack

of the

the

should

most

In

initiation is

to

initiation.

measure

resistance

argued

toughness

argument

(which

dynamically),

dynamic

Hence,

propa-

according

The DWTtest

the

crack

to a dynamically

philosophy.

property since

this

arrest

that

propagation,

can occur

crack

“fracture-safe”

been

crack

flaws.

plate

has

important

of dynamic

weld

base

dynamic

used the

at

It

specimen.

that

initiate

that

prevent

the

to and arrest

function

to

the

grounds

event

assumes

not

through

resistance

control

gation,

on the

any

conservatively

is

a crack

to

this

propagating

described

below

such a test. Drop-Weight

Laboratory

by

Test.

Pellini

Crack-initiation weld

(or,

pressed

the

energies.

The

(all

x 2 x 5 inches material

than

material

test

they

is covered

chosen

crack

in

a that

the

it

is

and it

is

lower

falls

of

a more

does the

E208-69.

least

one

of is

even

the

a

notched rate,

realistic

the

will

weld, the

the

stress

The

be above

NDT.

gradient

who use

test. the

this

in terms

yielding,

of

plate

levels.

stress

joints,

Charpy

the

For temperatures

industry

limited

where at

bending offshore

nil-ductility

always

of tubular

than

the

plate,

at yield

representation

24

is

at yield.

temperature

representative

strain

than

structures

maximum temperature

in

size thick-

the

service

impor-

material

is

Those

more

uses

This

be arrested

is

specimen

DWT test

surface

specimen

This

the

edge

sharp

and arrest

Charpy

as

The 13WTtest

monotonically-decreasing

presence

thickness, that

so that

a very

from

in the

be arrested.

loading,

feel

will

similar,

therefore consider

stress

the

x 14 inches).

by ASTM Standard

at

crack

than

6957). starter

propagation

in offshore

Research

a brittle

by using

generally

used

extracted

to

nominal

1 x 3.5

equal).

of those

propagates

NDT, the

is

flexural plate

being

(NDT) temperature.

when the

should

up to toughness

factors

parameter

surface,

test,

larger

The test

flaw

tear

considerably

test.

Any

dynamic

Naval

NRL report

by using

is

Charpy

higher

related

low levels

specimen

more representative

initial

to

the

example,

predominantly,

nesses

transition

reduced

for

measures,

other

The main

(see,

at

test

apparent

increases

is

developed

Thus the

from 5/8

since

DWT was

co-workers

closely

notch).

tant

and

energy

in

(ranging

The

of

realistic Furthermore

most

dangerous

failure

mode in the

arrested

in the The

fabricate lated

DWT has

between

test

of

the

the

test

results

the

proposed

to

replace

CVN test

British

initiates

in

the

specimen,

surements

made

philosophy

at

to

are

popular

in

Europe,

a “static”

test,

or propagation

under

loading

the

more

costly

to

in

linked

quantitatively

structure

all

formu-

to be used DWT

accuracy. levels

in the

correlation

with

opening

are

static

is

both

value

control allowable

some degree

used

in

crack Mea-

and

are

to

only

are

design COD

contrast

approach,

dynamic,

as noted

COD values

stresses

and crack

of uncertainty),

to

as “specifica-

However,

specified.

is

initiation

under

used

rapidly

COD test

in marked

values

the

barrier.

The

is

context is

when the

resistance

This

(CTOD

maximum load.

Britain,

measures

has been

displacement

industry.

in this

to

which

initiation

measure

fracture

and directly

(although

in

of test

initiation

conditions.

COD values of

tip

offshore

which

type

type

particularly

a minimum allowable

a different

The

reaches

usually

loading

conditions.

below,

it

DT tests,

i.e.,

been

CVN test

stress

specimen

on the

American i.e.,

slow

CVN, DWT, and

tests,”

and

COD can be measured

crack

placed

normally

the

allowable

crack

5762).

is

in

the

the

reliance

popularity

tion

a weld

have

some cost

Diagram.

or when the

close

gaining

impact

is

Standard

or

allow

A further

where

measurements

in

however.

Displacement.

(see

to

Analysis

is

Correlations

at

related

Tip Opening

or COD) test

specimen

specimen.

NDT, although

Fracture

the

the

and NDT which

measure

and approximate,

Crack

the

Charpy

be approximately

using

qualitative

the

DWT to

can

structure

may be initiated

that

disadvantages

than

Charpy

results

a crack

where

plate.

and test

instead

structure,

unlike

the

can sizes

be in

results

of CVN, DWT, and DT tests. The

British

bending

specimen

of

notch

the

fracture the tip?

differences

American with

“fracture” stress

this

loaded

be translated

occurs.

in

for

to be slowly

can

difficulties does

standard

interpreting

it

the for the

mean “fracture

calls

until

into

standards

gradient

test

this

4E16 -334

(@

or

notched

three-point

The measured the

are

results

specimen

25

at

test

initiation”

for?

a

fractures.

opening

test

between

for

tip

being are:

“final

of

opening

a crack

developed. where

is

fracture?”

and structure

best

when Among

the

crack

how are accounted

Idhile North

Sea

authors with to

COD is

practice,

are this

unaware

yards

inadequate

matches

quantitative

as

procedure

gains

addresses

empirically

results

(~)

(KQ) crack

stresses

inherent

a wide (pressure Note

assessment

that line.

the

al.,

variety vessel) one

I to al.

the

to of

Figures

the

the

ratio

effective

use

According

American

of

different

to

and

such

The

COD tests.

FASD

fact

that

it

be

used

in

can

test

ranging

from

to COD specimens. is

considered

to

of weld defects Electricity

the

be

Generating reproduced

and the

validThe

(m) to

plastic-

Kr of applied

(K) to

critical

safety

(2)

large of

being

factors

in

characterizations the

conservative

experimental fracture

a

and has

FASD procedure.

conditions

and

rapidly

data

specimens

evaluated. the of

FASD both

techniques base which and

full-

simulators.

point

in

to

the

each

figure

Supplement

26

486-334

is

applied

conservative

types

Method)

from the

Sr of the

their

FAD which

2 and 3 have been

elastic-plastic

envelop

the

of

and

Assessment

usually

key FASD format

ratio

properties

structural data

in

supplement

a Central

development

the

and material et

as

evaluation

generality,

(1)

and/or

specimens

document

during

under

come from

by Harrison,

includes

figures

and the

retrospectively

has demonstrated

Diagram

fracture

conservative

et

is

COD procedure,

Supplement

practicality,

loadings

the

of evaluating

toughness

procedure

scale

generated

consists

collapse

used

These

be designed

The Failure

simultaneously

tensile

by Harrison,

I.

used

and generality

modes

like in

to

one that

Analysis

elastic-plastic

for

The

found

acronym

methods

ultimate-strength

(CEGB) report

procedure

any

validated

for

competitor

failure

technique

from Supplement

Fracture

practicality

almost

country.

this

defects

published

fracture

FASD procedure,

formally

applied

the

practical

two

unnotched

state-of-the-art

The

a

been

(FASD) Procedure.

of the

much of its

with

The

ation

that

weld

in

platform.

Diagram

elastic-plastic

conjunction

for

specification

structure

has

a new material

which

and in

offshore

COD testing

criteria specify

method

attention

fixed

However,

(for

testing

now getting

in an actual

acceptance

Board

only

Assessment

unfortunately

been

any American

and to

Procedure

ordinary

of

toughness

Failure

gaining

is

acceptance

fabrication

a routine

it

specification.

determine

Diagram

becoming

3 “CD

falls authors,

slightly “These

within

the

points

are

2.2

I

I

I

I

I

I

CM

I

I

1

2.C

1 .a da *

1.6

u

u

44

1.4

1.2 Kr

v 1.0

v b

0.8

0.6

6

3000

+%+0

o 0.4

0

mu

0

‘n 0.2

I

0

I

0.2

0.4

I

I

0.6

I

0.8

10

1 ~

I

I

I

1.4

1.6

1.8

Sr Results

Symbol

Section

of analyses

of data

Symbol

from

test

Section

specimens.

Symbol v

Section

A

Al

•1

A4

+

A2

o

A5

u

A8

o

A6

x

A9

Figure 2.

Containing

Taken from CEGB “Assessment Defects,” Supplement 1.

of the

Integrity

A?

of Structures

Formerly Figure A

.

FaAA-83-6-2

486-334

m

1.6

I 1.4 %

0

o

1.2

1.0 Kr

0 0.8

0

0.6

0.4

0.2

I

0

I

0.2

I

0.4

I

0.6

O.s

1,0

I 1,2

I

14

, e

sr Results

of analyses

of data

Symbol

from

vessel

tests.

Section

o

B1

❑ El

❑ ❑ El



Figure 3. Taken from CEGB “Assessment Containing Defects,” Supplement 1.

B2 1 B3

of the Integrity Formerly Figure

of Structures B. r

486

-33,4

@

considered these

unreliable

figures

provides

for

confirm

reasons

that

an appropriate

discussed

the

limit

in the

Failure line

text.

Assessment

for

the

It

is concluded

Diagram

avoidance

of

that

Procedure

failure

.

in

.

.

ferritic

structures.” 3.3.2

Test

Samples

In general, For

critical

special,

Samples

pieces.

has

actual

been

requirements material

is

of each

piece

are taken

of

only

plate

samples

to be used

heat

of manufacture.

made

from welding

fabrication,

material

While

results

is

sampled.

procedure

may be taken

in a critical

absorbed

qualiof weld-

joint.

extremely

conservative

Weight

First,

small

the

for

Charpy

actually

and COD tests

design

samples used

are

mechanics

useful

are

in

not

tubular

preferred

and

serious related

therefore, for

fracture

as

necessarily joints.

by most

the

fitness-forCharpy

toughness,

KIC versus

only

a lower

CVE data bound

specialists

this

give

on KIC. of

reason

the

in material

V-

KIC.

representative For

to

correlations

have been made between

analyzed

are

not

empirical

or

Analysis

several

are

COD),

of the

Fracture

are

purposes,

of statistically and

the

results

KIC and

Test

temperature

there

through

correlations

values

from

test

indirectly as

or Drop-Weight

transition

accepted,

CVE, and fracture

bounds

of Charpy

determined

well

usable

energies,

sections

is

Statistical

confidence the

value

parameters

directly

The lower

purpose

nil-ductility

(except

stress-related not

the

the

required

strain

evaluation.

Second,

that

approach.

and

are

purpose

that

practice

this

stress such

the this

to

applied

discussed

below

limitations

heavy

each

during

is to assure

Diagram.

notch

from plates

Discussion

It

with

taken

in general,

Rarely,

made in the

3.4

are

applications,

of weldments,

fication ments

samples

the

Drop-

toughness

evaluations, Third, toughness results, determined

testing

versus even for

at

only

temperature for

one

several

piece pieces

one

temperature

transition of

curve.

material.

of similar

materia”

@

not

- here

Were the

29

486-334

does

define

the

is much scatter transition

Y i.e.,

the

curves

entire in test to

be

same ASTM speci-

fication

NDTs would

be different,

the

S-shaped

than

others.

to

fully

at

a single

accepted,

not

different

terms

only

flaw (in

for

various

not

only

the

transition

ship

are

all

be

nominal

a

fields

in it

hand, of

surface

for

be the

And faster

one that transition

be determined

in the

notably levels

use

by tests

the for

British defects

But,

of the

is

for

future. fracture

most

test

in

so are the

many

is often

in the

is

at the

to

use states

the

CVN tests

immediate used

not

offshore to be too

potentially

three-dimensional

because

The COD, on it

skirts

conservative

documented

joints,”

in

could

complex

through

fracture potential.

considered

moment doubtful. (partly

might

KIC, should

JIC,

on some methods welded

COD testing

various

toughness,

plate

important

486-334(@

to

described,

toward

Of the

the

30

flaw

specifications

thicknesses

in fusion

for

for

which

plate

“Guidance

curves

to be valid

as just

a trend

and

stress

are

of the

FAD be valid

well

there

same material,

The J-integral,

easy

is

the

supposed

qualification

strain

are

propagate

are

COD has the

then

of

temperature

control,

distant

joints

there

to

it

structures?

and applicability

and

a family

NDT.

there

place.

relatively

as well,

a single

quality

steels

three-dimensional

stress)

their

offshore

plane

first

in others

the

pieces

measures,

in tubular

is

what

not too

is measurable, its

versus

arguments,

ductile

while

required

COD material

the

(FAD) --

The same curves

broad

in the

the

stress

should

in steel above

but

different

Why then

toughness

found

complexities

most

shelves.

some rising

would

cannot

Diagram

Test)

for

fixture.

However,

other

This

The actual

NDT and briefest

The FAD presents

no matter

previously,

If

be used.

NDT.

NDT + 45”F).

except

to be used

acceptance

the

used

fracture

structures.

use,

for

NDTs different

be measurable

using

use.

due to the

As emphasized

brittle

its

be expected

mechanics

slopes,

material

industry,

with

curves.

to

offshore

steels,

purposes

reasonably

lower

lowest

is,

Analysis

NRL Drop-Weight

materials

appear

the

in the

NDT (e.g.,

Partly for

the

Fracture

sizes the

of the

different

energy

absorbed

sampled

that

above

result.

have different

the

behavior,

the

who disagree

fracture

of

probably

temperature.

Regarding

those

piece

behavior

would

be their

might

ductile

ductile

curves

curves

The best most

distinct

as might

transition

showed the

stress

several

and grade,

precedents for

the

the bounds

for

deviation

BSI PD6493:1980.

its of

Even with properties

the

are

The loading

of

enough,

Most of

a tubular

joint

experts

or

material’s

if

and thus

susceptible

to

toughness

of the

steels, in

and

some

reluctant

true

to give

should

is

up the

steels.

tubular

joint

tests,

disagreement

on weldments

in

same criteria

as the

impossible

prevent

initiation

grown out

of the

weldment

For

experts,

the

these

that is

of the

Needless process

the

welding

changes

the

toughness

or

is

puts

of the

HAZ must

say, heat

arrest

the

a

a crack

or

material

more

rate,

a

the

of low strength crack

dynamic,

many

as

should

to

extension

experts

are

how much testing

be met.

Should

Some people and that

the

plate

parent

weldment

heat-affected

loading

and Drop-Weight.

plate?

into

static. measure

strain

critical

industry

others

the

true

in a weld,

of the

to

are

criteria

parent

around

increased

what

a disagreement

dynamic

makes

Since

the

up to

toughness

plate.

that

material

it

flow

is

toughness

Under

especially

Charpy

and what

crack

is

is

a static

constraint

strength

dynamic

There

with

about

COD testing

needed.

This

questions

with

plastic

This

ment meet the to

also

Therefore,

a

of

also

be done

is

preventing

of high

still

on whether

decreases.

loadings

There

measure

fracture.

material

are

experience

constraint.

brittle

and less

the

industry

increases,

adding

there

can be more dynamic.

in the

a dynamic

strength

notch,

of COD testing

needed.

among materials is

use

arrest

is much less

plate

(HAZ).

the

is has

crack.

important

than

arguments

and substantially

In their

dynamically-growing

it

crack

One of their

parent

zone

that

once the

to

disagree. the

feel

a weld-

view the

crack

and

weld

should

be

tested. Potentially, eliminate

the

some of the

plastic

fracture

authors

and

Failure uncertainties

tests

their use

its

structural

fitness-for-purpose

of

offshore

long-term vs.

number

strongly

note,

research, cycles .

above

brute-force employed

a supplement

(FASD) with

procedure

individual

to

FASD Procedure other

elasticThe

empiricism. the

could

methods

present

often

and

of

defect

and

for

the

evaluations.

there in the to

have as

while

structures,

of

its

colleagues

Diagram

described

through

recommend

One final

Assessment

fatigue has U.S.

failure)

is not

an important

criteria

been much apparent

offshore curves

industry and

crack

with

concern, material

growth

rates,

design

outside

of

S-N (stress “da/dt

or

da/dN”

(for

stress Most

respectively). from

environmental

will

crack

cracking

the

or

published

the

growth

on material

subcritical

da/dN

data

Materials

UK.

rate

environmentally-assisted

are

behavior

are

offshore

not

The reasons

behavior. crack

for

fatig~~e, steels

selected

for

this

2.

Without loading material.

fatigue of the

It

is

result

in crack

Principal

more

that

increased

interest

growth

and

properties

and under a strong

into

expansion effort

in

a given function

more hostile

determining structural

of offshore

low

apparently: problem

believed

their

currently

Fatigue has not been demonstrated to be a critical contributor in Gulf of, Mexico applications. environmental assistance da/dN is not condition,

comes

for

1.

subcritical

3.5

of

especially

Europe,

emphasis

corrosion

environments

and

modeling

the

materials.

References

Methods and ASTM Standard

Definitions A370-77,

for ASTM,

1.

American Society for Testing, “Standard Mechanical Testing of Steel -”Products,” Philadelphia, Pa., 1981 .

2.

Pellini, Design

3.

American Society “Standard Method for Conducting Drop-Weight for Testing, Determine Nil-Ductility Transition Temperature of Ferritic Test to Steels,” ASTMStandard E208-69, ASTM, Philadelphia, Pa., 1981.

4.

“Methods BS 5762,

5.

American Petroleum Institute, “API Recommended Practice Designing, and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms,” “Material, ” API RP-2A, Thirteenth Edition, Dallas, Texas,

6.

American Petroleum Institute, “API Steel Plate for Offshore Platform Edition, American Petroleum Institute,

7.

Carter, R.M., Marshall, P.W., Swanson, T.M., Problems in Offshore Platforms,” Proceedings Conference. . OTC 1043. Houston. Texas. 1969.

W.S., of Steel

“Evolution Structures,”

of Engineering Naval Research

for Crack Opening Displacement British Standards Institution,

Principles Laboratory

(COD) Testing,” London, England,

British 1979.

Standard

for Planning, Section 2.9, January 1982.

Specification for Carbon Manganese Tubular Joints,” API 2H, Second Dallas, Texas, 1978. and Thomas, P.D., “Material of the Offshore Technology

32

486-334

for Fracture-Safe report 6957, 1969.

0‘$+



8.

Marshall, P.W., Design of Fixed

9.

Dieter, G.E., “Brittle Mechanical Metallurgy,

10.

11.

“Steel Selection for Offshore Structures. Fracture pp. 490-527,

British Standards Institution, Derivation of Acceptance Levels PD 6493:1980, London, 1980.

for

Fracture

Control,”

Chapter

19 in The

and Impact Testing,” Chapter McGraw-Hill, New York, 1976. “Guidance Defects

on Some Methods for in Fusion Welded Joints,”

14

in the BSI

Harrison, R.P., Loosemore, K., and Milnay, I., “Assessment of the Integrity of Structures Containing Defects,” CEGB Report R/H/R6-Revison 1 and Supplement I to this report, 1977.

4.0

CURRENTPRACTICES: Unlike

practices

the

used industry.

practice,

each

provisions

with

its

understood 4.1

Gulf

section

the

specifications,

Mexico

are

office

or

relatively

design

analysis

the

problems

today

work that

is

the

and

discussed

fracture

of the API

programs. respect

control are

the

the

with

to

considered,

used?

What are

correct?

affect

backbone

and computer

procedures

design

throughout

executing

is fracture

What design

design

form

are

process

nominal

uniform

methods,

questions

design

implicitly?

the

implementing

following

Where in the

know if

the

How can less

well-

control?

Philosophy

structure’s tional

possible

ship

typical

mate

design

elastic

loads.

or

With

the

only

considered

along

accelerated

buckling of

defined to

or

higher

or

subcritical

fatigue,

or

rapid

crack

stress

(i.e.,

plastic

steels

hinge)

loads;

compression

higher

operational

extension--either

failure

growth

or ulti-

under

under

crack

func-

mentioned

deformation,

instabilities

strength

complete

previously

a

modes were considered

plastic

other

against

a near-optimum

of the

of failure

bending

as unstable

partial

with

types

or

guarding

as producing

excessive

tensile

for

occurrence

two general

generally

plastic--leading

the

yielding,

advent

fracture,

stresses,

Before

design.

plastic

responsible

modes as well

efforts:

under

is

designer

failure

failures,

failure

and

the

and economic

Liberty

or

of

design

Traditionally,

in

material

own procedures,

explicitly operator

in

The API RP-2A recommendations

control,

either the

the

major

In this fracture

variations

in

offshore

DESIGN

of

under

the

elastic

member,

is

often

fatigue,

environmentally of

corrosion,

leading

to

loss

modes

as

corrosion

section

and

fracture. There

are

complex

load-related

residual,

thermal,

discussed

by Rolfe

often

considered.

now started

to

other

failure

facets and

of all

the

The fracture receive

of the

dynamically

and Barsom,

attention

such

above

induced first

four

failure

and subcritical

.—

6

and

modes such fields.

creep

that

growth

and

as complex

However,

modes mentioned

crack

approximating

(9

failure stress

34

486”334

bulk

are

as most

modes have only

accorded

the

general

plastic

deformation

severity

failure

concentration is

due

modes

only

to

the

in

loads

of a sound,

and

tubular

control

controls

joints.

On the

global

fracture,

either

to

presence

its

to-find

are

crack

cracks.

then,

again,

by

level,

extension

ultimate

at

all

stage,

within

against

survey

these and

in

design

high

and the

this

tensile

local

failure

compressive

techniques

for

design

of

toughness The most

is usually

the

or overloading.

the

process:

initiation.

in design

with

is

and sufficient

fracture

is

the

level

strength

preventing

concern

levels

the

for

control

the

and other

two main

without

be discussed

Second, the both

design

First,

in the

fatigue

structure’s

tolerance

to

Some qualitative

attention

is

failure

in

avoiding

trade-offs

if

do not if

the

inspection

have

to

structure

catastrophic

section

joint

inspection

of the

can tolerate

degrading

its

be designed

to

can tolerate

procedures

in this

with

a tubular

significantly

procedures

find

design

designing

on two

design

of fracture

operation.

inspection

the

that

of a fracture.

There during

against

concern

due to fatigue

redundancy

within

of

considered

fracture

of the

self-evident

structure.

detailed

consideration

design

designing

is

crack

difficulty

is

Their

It

be considered

One major

global.

implicitly

the

with

modes.

and critical

untracked

joints.

explicit

should

relative

comparison

Fracture local

buckling

upon subcritical

modes

paid

and

a large,

locate

small,

a seriously

section

easy-

then

performance,

can be more relaxed.

and in the

structure

the

harder-to-

damaged joint, These

on operation

points

will

and inspec-

tion. 4.2

Current

Practices

Structural

design

concerns

on the

structure

by the

environment

of

the

structure

to

fracture

control

extreme

environmental

forces

due to

is

itself

these

loadings.

implicit

in

installation

(e.g.,

two aspects:

and by its On the

the

conditions

with

design (e. g.,

load

loading

for

0

side

of

the

operating

earthquake,

placed

resistance equation, conditions,

and

and launch).

—.

Y7

loadings

and the

normal

transport,

35

486-334 . .

operation,

storm,

out,

the

ice),

and

Fracture

control

is

fixed

explicitly

offshore

considered

structures

in the

are

design

usually

for

fatigue

dominated

loadings,

by the

which

for

many repetitions

of

wave loadings. On the tubular

joint

fracture such

is

in that

they

These

factors sion

focuses

Tubular

design

The

design

consideration

of

modern

tubular

other,

welded is

the

to the

often

Figure can

chord

at

to the design

account joint

for in the

and the

other

joint,

design

for

failure

modes,

do not think

requirements,

joint

designs

the i.e., has

of it

and con-

implicit

safety discus-

brace,

is

joints,

and the

is

called

to

fit

brace

is

The chord

or stiffeners.

what

by Most

cut

a

by one of three

“can”

(see

modes.

with

tension

of the

joint

and subsequent

design

is

stress

along

over

between

several

For example,

the

concept

by pull-out

evolved

the

punching the

in

the

The brace,

plastic

shear,

years,

joint

a “K.”

36

@

brace of the

connection concept.

is

to at

attached

a to

in tension

from one brace

situation

the

provisions

are

When one brace the

from

simultaneously

two braces

load

shear.

was a useful

acting

transfers with

the

and now has

in a K-joint

forming

of

of punching

perimeter

braces

Compare this

486-$34

loads.

loads;

failed

the

controlled

may be due to fracture.

the

thus

is

design

the

the

is usually

limiting

compression, action.

forming

joint

average

the

diaphrams,

yielding

for

joints

one tube,

brace

failure

tubular

through

joints

basis

same side,

in a shearing

joint

The following

against

continuous

gross

transfer

in

codes,

failures.

of

any gussets,

tension

same plane.

on the

in

to loadings.

i.e.,

compressive

technique

a joint

implicit

structure’s

many designers

strength

of these

due to

chord,

load

tubular

is

upon to have enough

majority

is

the

under

limiting

the

serious

“simple,”

without

or the

Thus,

depended

ultimate

which

can.

in

design

resistance

vast

chord,

The simplest

normal

the

are

tubular

are

control

Design

their

Some early

meeting

to preclude

The failure

instability;

other

rules

of

may occur

however,

simply

joints

may buckle

and explicit

goal;

structure’s

thickened

4).

failure

This

main

are

Joint

fracture

equation,

part , when considering

the

on the

of the

strength,

and “forgiveness”

4.2.1

the

for

most

control

straints.

side

design

For the

fatigue.

as

resistance

in a cross

to the or X-

G

Joint

c

Figure 4. Sjmple tubular joint. Note: The unshaded area is a node.

FaAA-83-6-2

486-334

(Q)

joint,

in which

both

braces

fers

the

load

Thus

the

X-joint

is

shear

design

punching account well

for

from one brace

in

are

different

pendicular

and

may be

transferred,

other

brace.

One possible

stress

analysis

through

regression Note

For

at

execution

punching

well

local

that

plastic

designed

so

exist.

For

entire

brace times

safety

“hot

the

is

factors the

which

buckling

is

braced

as

load

the

through of

able

one

in

the

effects

extensive (e.g.,

to designers.

stress

over

of the

principal

many square

in tubular

inches

stresses

distribution

to withstand

in

results

is

peak elastically-calculated implicit

in

in two per-

directly

stresses

this

loads

bending

dissemination

practice

Thus,

material

is

of

out-of-plane

spot”

and direction

level.

leg

is to consider

an average

spots,”

joints

that

reasonable

a

example, load

analysis

might

more

joints so

that

The gaps

magnitude

the

vary

not

calcu-

stresses joint

and contain

rings

are

design large

joints,

care large, between

shell

is

taken highly

members

be

is

the

amounts

of

ring each

designed in

element with

38

of

the

carrying carry

using

stresses carry

a portion

half a

to

the

simple

are

load closed

analyses

are

the

most common.

provide

smooth

controlled

stress to

concentrations minimize

a

ring

a finite

to

the

times

joints,

details

the

of

critical

constrained are

diaphrams

may be designed

each

or

or

distribution

stiffeners

two rings,

may

Thin

stiffeners, and

chord,

(e.g.,

complex

be used.

gussets,

ring

to

factor The

all

using

internal

normal

a safety In

transitions,

include control

or nomography)

ordinary

complex

analysis.

avoided.

the

factor).

In

can.

deformation.

More

load

at

in

above yield

assumption

the

The current

A compressive

to

effective

shear

and

often

trans-

ovalizes

interaction

one.

on “hot

tables,

around

joint,

approach

and

equations,

In fact,

vely

joint

K-joint.

RP-2A

a corner

partly,

transfer

The magnitude

lated.

that

the

the

a diagonal least

of cross-section. the

API

the

example,

future

and load

that

of

is

investigating

sometimes

brace

geometries

than

and effect”

currently

planes.

planes,

of such

in an action

buckling

interactions

Then the

modes of failure.

Researchers braces

to

in compression.

other

provisions

load

pull-out

say,

to the

more prone

these

as the

are,

element

flowing may be

constraint

of

ductile

behavior

chances

for

attention

and avoid

restraint

is

paid

and

several

joints

resultant

inadvertent

supposedly

4.2.2

“hard

cracks

Allowable A very

simple

template-type

about

mental

fatigue

loading

ksi

to

+5 ksi).

ksi

for

K-joints,

if

the

hot

stress

For 7 ksi

spot

stress

concentration

factor

Therefore, need

be analyzed.

throughout for

using

this

by the about

the is

that

analysis 400 ft.

of the

(this

is

important

to

use

of

example,

“redundant”

case

analyze and

limit

plates.

it

is

limited

of 3.0

is

assumed

for

only

the

spectrum

of

need

for

than

depths

the

structure

to

shear

brace

effects

environrange

range

ksi,

or +25

allowable

are

10

Alternatively, range.

end, of

Thus

a

etc.

the

design

wave

occurring

The justification

of wave heights in the

less

stress

wave heights

be analyzed. found

of

minus the

-5

a 60 ksi

the

three

maximum stress

X-joints.

to

distribution

distribution

less extreme

+15 ksi

different

not

API RP-2A for

The allowable

punching

and 5 ksi

of

design the

(e.g.,

known,

the

the

through

can,

procedure,

by the

in water

values.

20 ksi

T-joints,

allowed

mode periods the

to

joint

long-term

being

is

wave passes

structure

a certain

is

if

to

current)

the

this

rings

example,

and can welds

allowable

The entire

life

is

stress

is

For

For

generally

as the

for

concentra-

Design

and

sizing

stress

effects.

is

brace-end

weld.

negative

have

this

to predetermined

of the

elements.

the

special

excessive

dynamic

minimum stress)

necessary,

to avoid

of the

increase

or

first

wave,

might

effect

inappropriate

with

encountered

nominal

The

procedure

(maximum stress

the

placement

The procedure



(wind,

for

the

design

templates

400 ft

“redundant”

in brace

Fatigue

platforms For

seconds. than

Stress

notch

must be taken

can

have occurred

the

to

spots.”

elements

redundant

unexpected

used,

which

When judged

lessen

care due

are

proximity

cracks. to

special

rings

close

shrinkage

cracking

internal

avoid

and

in

to weld profiles

In complex tions

welds

is

implied

Gulf

of Mexico

in

generic

analyses

of

of water).

The 60 ksi typical

structures

curve.

That

is,

hot

spot

stress

in these complete

range

environmental

fatigue

analyses

39

is

based

on prior

conditions

and on a particular

have been made,

developing

the

S-N full

distributions

of

stress

distributions

case.

And the

life

and

life

occurrences.

a particular

hot

spot

times

as 60 ksi

The fatigue

S-N curve

stress

a factor

range

of

has

that

safety)

damage due to

been

gives

has

calculated the

been

these

in

desired

each

fatigue

back-calculated

and

in API RP-2A.

The following .

cycle

design

(service

specified

stress

factors

Hot spot

are thus

stress

K-, T-,

concentration

and X-joint



Template-type,



Gulf



Long-term

assumed:

factors

for

the

brace

end and

cans:

static

response

of Mexico wave climate

stress

cycle

this

method

to wave loads;

in about

400 foot

distribution

water

depth;

resulting

from

the

above;

S-N curve.



quite

Experience

with

conservative

in

approaches it

reasonable

these this

400 feet.

procedure.

4.2.3

for Fatigue For

dynamic

analysis fundamental

is

water

In fact,

conduct

conditions,

attractive

the

to

shallow

but

on at

a full

other

hand,

the

for which is

design

of Mexico

has

conservative one occasion

fatigue have

Analysis

response

least

would

even preliminary

Gulf

and less

which

On the

structures

in the

analysis been

for

too

procedure

shown that

as the

in deeper

is

depth

has

a structure

is so easy

of structures

water

a designer

conservatively

it

found

which

met

designed

hy

to use that

it

is

water.

Wave Loadings do not

thought

performed.

All

principles,

S-N curves

fatigue

meet

to

the

be an

above important

analysis and Miner’s

40

conditions,

techniques rule.

factor, are

especially a full based

if

fatigue

on the

same

The S-N curves tubular

joints

are

joints

in

cracks

initiate

inch),

grow at

occurs

at

ness,

and,

is

or

assumptions

size)

thereby

does

may produce Applying

stress,

which

damage due to cycles amplitude

Thus

it

when

the

cycles

is

of stress

of “damage”

This

to accumulated

N cycles

would

of various

stress

reaches

1 and

stress

there

that

(not

the

one

a wide

bounds

the

deviations

is

is wide.

one stress

cycle

a measure

conditions

and

damage due to n cycles defined

is the

as

sum of the

= nl/N1 that

1/2

of stiff-

necessarily

is

is

failure

data

life.

rule,

until

either

of fatigue

~ ni/Ni

that

is

failure,

Miner’s

which

actual

amplitudes

as

covering

reflect

damage,

cause

e.g.,

n/N.

The

damage due

+ n21N2 + n3/N3 + . . . fatigue

failure

no interaction

occurs

between

the

amplitudes.

between

usually

may not

or under-estimate

of different

industry

response,

same amount

rule

The differences in the

in S-N curves

end.

(such

such that

tests

test

fatigue

loss

two standard

inherent

the

cycling,

of cracking

fatigue

for

on tubular

depth

for

minus

failure)

tests

substantial

plotted

joint

to

continues

an S-N curve

in tubular

when applying

summation

large

amount is

purposes,

independently,

assumed,

load

fracture,

mean curve

an over-

Miner’s

for

each

the

as one at

amplitude

The test

rates. either

statistical

One of the test

cycle

reasonably

The S-N curve

scatter

in the

a

cycles

load

or an arbitrary

For design the

constant

reaching

being

imminent.

is

of stress

amplitude

constant

The statistical

of crack

to

upon

much displacement,

data

early

Under

failure

N cycles,

number

on constant

apparently

of stresses.

used.

of

based

versus

laboratory.

above

range test

the

too

of the

(stress

the

involve

analysis,

various

the

stress

types

treatment cycle

of fatigue of loading

counting,

and

analysis history, damage

employed structural

accumulation

assumptions. 4.2.3.1 fatigue

Loading

calculations. There

considered. ment over

the

service

History. In rare

are

Wave loading cases,

two basic life

of the

the

ways to structure.

41

486-334

@

effects describe

is

the

fundamental

of current the

concern

and wind are

long-term

in also

wave environ-

The first of

various

heights

height).

For

feet,

description (an

example,

states,

by two

parameters,

the

third of the

waves

average

occurrences point. for

Typically, about

marked its

the

three

on a scatter

x- and y-axes.

of the

sea

seconds.

This

wave height scatter

diagram

of sea

Refinements

cated

descriptions,

about

an

the

state

calculated

water

density,

storm diagram.

the

description

That

is equal particles

heading,

scatter

4.5).

water

the

moving cylinder

the unit in

the

shape,

wave

each

or

wave times etc.),

plus

generated

42

(e.g.,

state

then

and mean period i.e.,

as

30 hours, of 10

than

the

from the

description

by using

More sophisti(in

combination

waves,

are

waves

possible

with

ABS Rules,

cylinder

times

a coefficient area

a sea) of

wave forces see

the

a different

directions

length

unit

a

state

is

be derived

unit

the

the at

same sea

wave heading.

wave climate,

volume of the

between (zero)

sea

either

the

per

one-

impossible.

including

force

time level

can

wave

equation

crossing

wave environment

of

locally

described

and a mean period

With

spreading

of the

Morison’s

is,

to the

with

for

different

is a measure

in the

can be considered

diagram

general

to

waves

9 feet.

of

occurrences,

possible.

than

period

height

is

3

highest

of each

count

reverse

are

of the

scatter

according

wave height

above

remain

of the

O to

of the

average

of 4 feet

description

from

mean zero

mean sea

may be ten height

the

crossing

to

wave

or blocks.

height

significant

but the

including

average

Whatever

cylinder

or

from a distant

sea

Section

on the

count

has

there

the

states,

or heading

wave height

arriving

fact,

and

above

each

is typically

is the

assumed

a significant

In

it

heights

occurrences

state

of occurrences

which

is a more detailed

count.

directionality

is

The number

having

of

average

rising

environment

of

with

groups

height

more precisely,

number of waves

and 1 greater

The mean zero

For example,

state

A sea

is the

diagram,

are

9 feet,

waves.

state.

expected

associated

600

number

wave height

surface

hours.

is

the

wave

water

the

wave-height

significant

in a sea

the

period

into

counts

wave period;

of

count

waves,

divided

individual

The significant of the

wave total

description than

to

99 from 6 to

is thus

rather

period.

1000

6 feet,

history

The second sea

assumed

of

300 from 3 to

The loading

i.s simply

are

especially

on a long the

slender

acceleration

(which of the

usually

accounts cylinder

of for times

the

square

of the

The procedure might

velocity

is

the

be different

many cases

occurs

mode period, platforms that

that

in the

dynamic

greater

the Gulf

at

in time

that

effects

of Mexico,

the

as the

wave is

is

only

instant

the

general

the

coefficients

the

greater

acting.

by the

is,

in

dynamic For

industry

is

period

is

400 feet.

is calculated

assuming

That

first

structure’s

than

response

through,

dynamic,

in an analysis. used

unless is

is

structure’s

guideline

depth

stepped

coefficient.

wave loading

to the

structure’s

load

except

may be neglected

water

the

another

waves and currents.

be considered

or the

analysis,

wave loadings,

compared

dynamic

3 seconds,

times

Even though

enough,

not

particles

fatigue

Response.

need

In a static

storm

smaller

slowly

effects

than

points

the

Structural

it

water

same as for

for

4.2.3.2

of the

that

the

the

at several load

inertial

applied

effects

are

neglected. There basic

is

grate

the

Another

are

to

pass

a series

state

results.

refinement

is

and the part

squared,

the

of

moving

it

through

time

until

a

the

wave

load

waves,

and

should

under

effect

of

on the

wave force

is

its

series

solve

for

the

theoretically

identical

non-identical,

waves

used

in design.

velocity

Since,

according

to

especially

reached.

Fourier

relative

proportional

and inteis

directly

give

loading.

can be substantial,

state

into

to

The most

structure

steady

rarely

the

analysis.

the

random,

has been only

the

structure

the

effects

in

structures

however,

dynamic

waves

identical

consider

of

identical

The two methods

response

to

performing

decompose

assuming

to compute;

equation,

to

response. The

possible

is

again

of

of

response

possibility

steady

methods

structure’s

components,

water

several

the for

Another

between

the

to Morison’s

(relative) tall

is

velocity

flexible

struc-

tures. It

is

makes Morison’s are

linear

used

in

appropriate equation

functions certain

to

point

non-linear.

(spectral)

fatigue

in wave height.

Therefore,

height

for

for

Cycle

analysis

analyses. great

reasons

that

particle

according

care

to the

43

A@

the

velocity

velocity linear

However,

squared

term

and acceleration (Airy)

the

must be taken

to be discussed

Counting.

486-334

here

Water

of wave height

linear

the

out

wave theory

wave force

is

in choosing

a wave

in Section

4.2.3.4:

not

Stress

4.2.3.3

Stress

calculation lyzed

of stresses

using

model .“ each

Analysis.

beam

elements

From this

analysis

brace

are

The described

is

Using

fairly

standard.

next

within

the

stresses

nominal

level

of

the

refinement

stress

is

around

plane

the

the

ratio

diameter

(d/D),

braces,

and

extremely

thickness

angle

of

the

the the

it

is

can

ratio to

gap between

chord

braces

stress

impossible

to

cracks

initiate

are

radius

placed

the

effects

analysis,

space

frame

the is

three-dimensional at

the

stresses

ends

of the

Also

principal

stress,

the

of the

another

inch

ana-

“stick

of

(or

along)

inches,

that

but

the

the

the

brace

to

can

the

to

other

diameter-to-

can thickness braces

stress

that

strain

i.e.,

would

gages

to the

can

(t/T),

and

acting

as K-

at the

member being

rapidly

in

in the

this

at

region

(weld-crack-driving)

Typically,

Note, due

to

may not

stress

the

however, the

measurements

measured

where

(R and t being

gaged).

by

size,

a point

weld toe.

experimental

being

be measured

have finite

stresses

41TlYof the weld toe

stress

depend-

or out-of-

diameter

For

As

varies

bending,

include

surface

joints,

of the

extremely

joint

stresses.

factor.

Since

to 0.1

of the

(6).

as the

So variability

note

thickness

them and measure

in

weld.

expected.

factors

brace

spot

through

Geometric ratio

hot

in-plane

transfers

situation.

0.25

vary

(axial,

load

defined

in tubular

within

compute

intersection

is

is

place

and thickness,

that

of the

brace

spot

(D/T),

gage in a laboratory

fatigue they

way

important.

of the

The hot a strain

a

perimeter

of loading

bending),

to

the

The type

the

The tubular

distributed

ing on many factors.

are

or a dynamic

found.

earlier,

braces,

a static

notch

would be

be the

maximum

perpendicular

to

the

weld toe. The reason were

derived

is

not the

to

the

this

this

next

crack, included

is

That

is,

way.

maximum principal crack

is

refinement itself, in the

is

the

is

similar

at the

enough

to

The notch

44

-334

that

~

0

tubular

strain)

crack,

finding

S-N curve.

4gfj

(or

the

joint

used stress

Thus,

(if

used the effects

to

produce

stress

S-N curve

perpendicular the

inservice

the

S-N curve)

at the

of the

S-N curves

in the

but the

away.

analysis,

necessary.

because

stress

distance

in stress not

used

stress

finite

a

structure/geometry the

stress

weld

weld toe, are

or

already

In light spot

stress

ment

over

of the

above,

in an experiment the

stresses.

analytical

There

and using

Finite

for

the

rather

complex

and are

placed

on the

element

models

need

join

and

and solid

being

incorporated The

parametric lated, numerous

to

sets

Kuang,

et

of the

results

tubular

accepted

parametric

equations,

and Smedley models material Kuang’s

and

(due to their Large

popular

were

equations

Wordsworth

or

and Smedley

discrepancies

gives

hot most

are

presently

based

element

use

calcuare

derived

(curve

analyses

finite

to

There

was

on regression

element

is

stress.

popular

from

fitting)

on various

results

joint

could

comparing

SCFS computed

analyses.

So Kuang’s

by

be fit by other

equations

benchmark. of parametric investigators They

in the

thick

The SCF so spot

for

able

to

have model

format

equations

had the

weld

of a series

to

hot

spot

by Wordsworth

strains

with

the

in acrylic

cheap

reinforcement.

of factors

regression exist

45

was derived

success

are more similar

been found

4$6-334@

equations measured

from exponential

have

the

often

used

two cylinders

analysis

equations.

the

finite

be

elements

isoparametric

stress

are

joints.

derivation

spot

(SCF)

are

the

shell

programs.

hot

One of

used

would

shell

capabilities)

or experimental

These

are

for

mesh

are

that

Thin

reason,

element

from thin

where

analytical

set

even

this

estab-

elements

stress

toe.

region

well

the

shell

“true”

weld

analysis

shell

(other

an industry

tubular

brace

elements,

fairly

Stresses

3-D elasticity

stress,

thin

equations

(1978).

of

finite

generating

the

the

For

equations

are

thin

thick

factor

equations.

These

at

joint

such

These

them is

get

extra

full

brace

as well).

to

technique

of numerous

Another

of hot

from nominal

using

cylinders.

weld.

nominal

(1977).

in a sense,

value

even more disagree-

stresses

joints

Generally,

the

concentration

and loadings

using

plate

by the

into

of

al.

spot

correct is

techniques:

of the

the

(with

geometries

are,

of

elements

the

the

There

tubular

be corrected

modeling

stress

times

with

mid-planes

surface

other

accepted

geometries.

reinforced

shell

of hot

for

difficulty

difficulty are

be expected.

techniques

The primary

have

over

equations.

lished.

also

to

two primary

element

on the

is

calculation

are

parametric

measured

some disagreement

acrylic

13ut,

raised

while

to exponents

equation

curve

fits),

to punching

shear

equations.

between

the

two for

certain

the con-

ditions.

Apparently

sets

of parametric

tion

of hot

in

stress

black

have

which

true

evolved

ideally

and presentation

for over

should

of

any pair the

of the

years.

numerous

The computa-

be a straightforward

results,

is

still

exercise

viewed

by many as a

art. Stress

there

known as

used

are the

when the

Cycle

range

discrete

of waves

which

in the

on the

the

due to

both

in the

number of stress from

abilistic

peaks

damage

a dynamic

The simple This

blocks.

analyzed.

effects

picked is

method

method

is

The stresses

The maximum stress S-N curve.

The

to be the

same as the

number

within

the

important

to use enough wave

in

the

the

range

known in advance,

spectral

relies

are

and dynamic

each

effects

block

should

also

be

only

of the

range

of

not

of wave periods,

known as the

waves.

cycles

response,

especially

if

a

block.

is

of

structure’s

loading

representative,

cycles

the

of the

represent

also

or

is

on the

to

truly

but also

it

and valleys

is

The method

frequency

it

pre-determined

number

tions.

are

or

method.

assumed

method

method,

the

is

wave method the

block,

occurs

The above

culated

block

calculate

geometric

so that

peak or valley

cycles.

by wave height

range

discrete

The wave

carefully

wave heights

stress

define

response.

chosen

to

stress

a static

deterministic

described

used

either

block.

to adequately occur

only

The second method.

estimated

heavily

deterministic the

using

on linear

stresses

method

III this

method

is

because

need to be calknown as the

method

the

stress

analysis

probranges

probability-theory-based

systems

the

equa-

techniques

in the

domain.

The sea and mean period, can be calculated, formula.

then

of that

When using blocks

is

the

wave from each

is

of cycles

With

of counting

wave or

wave climate

calculated

number

Counting.

two methods

due to a representative

is

currently

that

stresses,

analysis

analysis

and

same is

equations

spot

4.2.3.4

is

the

This

one way of

state is

description required. using

spectrum

the is

representing

of the Given

wave climate, these

Pierson-Moskowitz actually

a power

a random process

46

4$(5-334

(@J

i.e.,

parameters formula spectral such

the

significant sea

state

or some other density

height spectrum empirical

function,

as wave amplitude

which or wave-

induced the

stress.

The sea

trum.

response For

forces

fatigue

of

stress

tically

for

and the

fatigue

states. of

cycles

response

is

the

hot

range

of

at

the

considered,

then

analysis,

If

for

the

the

response,

analysis

is

amplitude

this

for

each

wave

eight

or

must

probabiliseach

sea state, for

sea

wave can occur,

the

generally

the

of

of unit

greater

is

wave.

analyses

response

than

if

In this of unit the

cost

case,

transfer

the over

function through

the

directions)

eight

frequencies

directions

needed

the

system

amplitude

amplitude

wave analyses the

compute of the

About twelve

are

be dynamic,

to

consideration,

(Thus,

sixteen

the

all

method

under

direction.

96

larger

velocity

to

waves

are

however,

non-linear

performed

chosen

technique

earlier, is

not

give then

with the

the

with unit

there

squared

is term

also

correct

are

for

the

fatigue

used

for

strength

of the

fatigue

and thus

the

height.

So the

analy-

waves,

but with

response.

back

unit

to

waves

The stresses

amplitude

hot

spot wave

of larger due to

wave responses.

linearization.

makes

the

47

‘ @

wave

average

one problem

486-334

to

amplitude

normalized

still

wave force,

respect

is known as equivalent

However, the

only

is

due to waves

if

spectrum.

skyrockets.)

stress

This

each

per

or

spectrum,

for

frequencies.

(and,

stress

wave analysis

As mentioned

the

spot

stress

stress

heights

wave method.

many waves

frequencies

actually

versus

design.

running

spec-

accumulated

Determination

frequencies.

hot

enough

amplitude

output

hot spot

is

describes of

system

be calculated

method

in

a range

stress

different

usually

over

requires

and calculating

sis

spot

theoretically

structure

are

loading

function

the

system,

the

wave

cycle

discrete

of

relates

repeated

S-N curve

effort

A transfer

is

one stress

in the

square

From the can

by this

computational

harmonic

relevant

thus

the

is the

calculation

calculated

to a linear

produces

function

output

by the

as assumed

functions.

a unit

the

of

function,

below.)

more than

input

by the

distribution

This

since

the

spectrum

the

and their

damage measured

number of waves,

transfer to

be discussed

state.

thus

transfer

will

sea

stress

Most

the thus,

Note that

number the

each

input

stresses;

cycles

is

or transfer

analysis

functions

number

the

function,

to hot spot

(Transfer

spectrum

Multiplying

structure.

frequency

state

with

this

wave force,

linearization. and thus

That the

hot

is, spot

stress

response,

non-linear

to wave height. structure,

the

monics

frequency.

are

the

In

American

practice

hot

spot

stress

riser

ity

of the

stress

is

at

riser

construction

the

(buttering) the

improved

weld

profile, care

specifying

that

are and

and cost

the

type

As with

AWS D1.1,

European

curves

DOE “Guidelines”

the

the

values

of the

“Structural are will

the

mostly have

must

for

riser

account

joints.

the

the

designers

by

weld

toes

and may also

weld

For joints

X’ curve

in

accomplished

to

near

reason

critical is

for

The sever-

smoother

used.

generic

the

stress stress

can

are

fatigue

toe.

For

without

an

is

used.

Due to

generally

try

to avoid

curve.

In American

curves,

nominal

used

design

concentration American

Code,”

similar, S-N curves

are

that

essentially

~-

the are

brace

instead method,

practice

of

stress

hot

spot

this

S-N curve

tubular

joints,

factors.

document

although

48

a

curve

of

X’ curves.

For this

transition is

types

be used.

in

486-334

for

been discussed

effects.

passes

To use these

Welding

harmonic

function

API X and

notch

material

is the

other

two basic

S-N curve

butter

X curve

profile

allowable for

the

stress

required,

range

are

the

(pessimistic)

of S-N curve

shear

severe

surface

API D’ and K curves.

punching

certain

the

har-

apparent

transfer

have already

weld’s

makes the

in welding

an “improved”

becoming

domain

there

to a smooth

adding

profile,

is

has higher

of the weld profile.

more stringent

The S-N curves the

of

also

usually

the

a less

This

higher

thus,

weld toe,

i.e.,

by

and at

stresses

are

ground

profile

the

The other

assumes

is

construction

an improved

extra

stresses.

weld

frequency

the

it.

spot

a function

microstructure

with

range

toe,

and by grinding.

improve

these

is

the

In offshore improving

weld

through

that

Finally,

these

respect

passing

time-frequency

on hot

with

frequency

non-linearity

away from the

the

at

to handle

based

the

the

of this

The curves

as in amplitude

response,

Damage Accumulation.

S-N curves. briefly.

is

The stress

developed

as well

of a single

and new hybrid

being

4.2.3.5

joints

waves

wave force

structures

techniques

bridge

for

The significance

water

Since

is,

resulting

of that

components. deep

That

in frequency

covering the

same as the

soon-to-be-released

much more stringent

API.

new UK for

thick

joints.

This

degrading

fatigue

in Section

change

fatigue

note,

all

in

air.

tests

performance

research

in

fatigue

curve,

have

occurring

the

the

fatigue to 2.0,

points

points

around

equations the

eighth

the

spots

bending, are

least

For

further

per the

joint

perimeter

of

chord

(0°,

usually

give

points.

hot

are the

. ..)

spot

the

to

the

add

and out-of-plane fatigue

bending) lives

stress

an S-N that

cycle

the range

+ n2/N2 + n3/N3 + . . .

its

expected

reciprocal,

fatigue

life

Due to

life.

factor

life

of

generally

For

intersection sides

are

the

(SF)

15 years

(0°,

to

of many the

and SF

can be calculated

‘@

180°,

point

(due to

axial

When finite wherever

critical.

are

points, parametric

locations, these

or

quarter

270°)

For sixteen

By analyzing

damage

‘“”j

90°,

eight

the

The standard

quarter

covered.

either

points,

of the weld.

the

fatigue are

eight

considered.

49

486-334

analysis

Recall

a safety

spots,

used.

SCFS for

most

the

damage using life.

service

Those must be interpolated.

susceptible

fatigue

one year,

a service

at hot

and brace

f15°,

protection

be 30 years.

computed

brace-can

the

with

should

are

fatigue

during

to

the

1.0.

intended

desirable

on tub-

some continuing

of

DT = nl/Nl than

based

in air.

due to each

Obviously,

example,

life

lives

of

structure,

the

is

of joints

damages

life.

it

design

points

available,

a

environment,

cathodic

variations

damage occuring

fatigue

water

damage as fatigue

sum of the of the

be at

on both

eighth

the

are

However,

proper

calculation

of that

average

life. the

sixteen

the

a sea

those

damage must be less

When fatigue

the

All

the

involved,

considered

Lives.

life

total

must

uncertainties

equal

approach

goal

expected

structure

design

the

DI is

I/Dl , is

their

damage is

the

If

indicates

be discussed

above

degrade.

with

joints

interpretation

during

Nominally,

the

as

in

to

that

suggests

Fatigue

fatigue

that

will

described

unprotected

be expected

of submerged

and the

total

research

This

plates.

S-N curves

Left

area

4.2.3.6 described

in thick

of the

would

this

lives

by European

Discussion.

4.4:

joint

motivated

performance

One last ular

was

but

not

locations,

load,

in-plane

element

results

The report of

fatigue

to the

into

North

that

experience joints

are

different different

are

designed

to

frequencies

of

various

fore,

fatigue

bottom)

their

fatigue

Lastly, lives

should

be best fatigue

with

a 100 year

fatigue

life

with

life. both

joints

4.2.4

ranked

in order

these

fatigue

in

the

allowable

parts

of

calculated

results

(say, spot

cycles

can

with

of industry

as relative

differ

two

and near

the

stress

range,

markedly

and,

experts

calculated

that

the

joints

That

susceptible

to

these

a joint

fatigue

the

fatigue

survive

that is,

of

method.

will

analysis

the

there-

a ranking stress

indicators.

more

if

an allowable

the

will

even

top

Thus,

mean that in

the

allowable

different.

do not

Thus,

near

stress

a structure

distributions.

hot

be quite

has been expressed

30 years,

the

above

should

structures

Self-floating

towers or exposed

For

year

life,

but

both

the

that

numbers with

failure

same by the

loadings

are

a 20

than

one

take

the

-334

Gulf

a

analysis

of a

a 30.1

the

year

same,

and

designer.

those

loads

occur

during

of the

barge,

especially

same motions,

~

effectively

life

design

one with

considered:

motions

Current

alone

the the

sometimes

due to the

50

486

are

refine

Shedding

Repeated

these

to

if

and Vortex

shedding.

experience

some designers

instance,

leave

numbers

Due to Transport

members.

that

may be a tendency

reasons,

fatigue vortex

by some experts literally.

there

be treated

Loadings

and to

too

29.9

template-type submerged

a design

life.

Two other transport

in

of fatigue-sensitive

incorporate

structure

fatigue

probably

a calculated

Fatigue

are

a list

different

many uncertainties

is

listed

joints

with

frequency

consensus

interpreted

is

Given

that

same 60 ksi

can

requirement

requirement joint

so

life

Concern

the

and 100 years

are

year

also

of the

lives

is the

of 20 years There

not

members is not possible it

long.

parts

their

sensitive

are

cycle

from

generally

programs.

Note

stress

supplied

known to

lives

method.

are

most critical

is

inspection fatigue

design

the

operator

operators

inservice

Note fatigue

Sea

calculated

Usually

Thus the

their

thus

operator.

severity.

parts.

lives

as well

of Mexico practices

due

transport

of

rolling.

as wave loads usually

to

on

do not

consider

these

tow from

fabrication

sometimes are

loadings

used

generally

design

be serious

yard

to

reduce

good.

condition

to

to

location

the

effects,

As with

stresses

fatigue is

relatively

fatigue,

numerous

This

short,

and weather

inservice

and the

problems.

is

extra

conditions

the

fatigue

because

the

cribbing

is

during

relative

magnitudes

stresses

play

the

tow

of the

an important

role. More attention and lately longer

in American

tows

forms

have

in tows been for

longer

from

The vortex

tends

to

These

vorticies

forces

form

that

properly

are

to this

resonance

and

members.

Often

structural their

as pipes

problem.

Vortex

caissons

and their

failures

Repeated

fall

mud, water,

can cause

fatigue

water

into

side

the

of

which

due

to

objects, water,

the

object.

exert

lateral

supports

vibrations

are

not

can lead

to

particularly

especially

does

not

shedding

structural

and impact

to see

critical

to vortex

affect

increases

for

suscep-

slender are

non-

integrity,

damage to

if

but

structural

structure. such

and the This

are

is now commonly investigated

members subject

loads,

as the

operation

filling

@

and emptying

of cranes

may be a problem

51

486-334

slender

object’s

These

and sewage,

problems,

cost

the

or oil, damage.

may occur.

nominally

operational

the

is

supports.

be

through

the

have

considered

considered

gradients If

Pacific

and Canada.

long

off

pressure

shedding

both

being

of a platform

eddies,

the

plat-

platforms

are

U.S.

sometimes

deck

to vibrate.

and other

loss

may cause

or

for

will

practice,

need for

Basin

across

tows

practice,

by the

of Pacific

relatively

the

vibration

such

members as they

holding

object

damage of the

fatigue

off

long

of the

is

and cause

resonant

fatigue

Caissons,

the

and

by

vorticies,

periodic

may cause

designed,

premature

shed)

In American

that

hanging

motivated

and transported

Coast

passing

is

in overseas

a number

East

East

loading

caissons

(and

Far

the

Water

the

example,

California,

for

fatigue

attention

one month. to

repeated

shedding.

particularly

than

platforms

other

For

in the

Singapore

prospective

This

weather.

been fabricated

lasting

to transport

practice.

in worse

towed

tible

has been paid

for

the

lifting deck

of tanks

heavy

loads,

and supporting

trusses.

However,

quent, the

compared

to the

Failure

their there

structure is

existence

are

is,

the

failure

used

as

too

small

in the

and/or

tubular

is that

once

infre-

members of

above tubular

into

the

members

deformation

and

forestall

catastrophic

remains.

Such

is

separation

of the

testing

cracking. helps

first

tributes deformation

structural part

a

reason detail

is

and/or

to

adjacent

displacement

chord;

Here, the

mere

structure. to survive

the

load

stressed

reaches parts

its

not

hq G

That

is,

load

failure

is

plastic enough

to

capacity

of a tubular

necessarily

mean complete

mean too much displacement of

joint

stiffness, of

uniformly.

ultimate

the

or

parts

on just

of

the

failure.

strength

or cross-sections,

control.

failure

reached,

carrying

and catastrophic

rarely

is

some

strength

reserve

part

ductile.

fatigue

safety

an average

rapidly

could

reserve

of

do not

the

cross-section

does

loss

normally Due to

load

in the

it

52

486-334

of

due to two related

reached.

therefore,

structural

or cross-section

some load

the

failure

immediate for

as

be able

in turn,

normally

significant

Thus ,

to prevent

The second offshore

or

system.

than

will

“failure”

example,

Thus,

from the

machine,

significant structure

brace

is

and, for

test.

of the

offshore

indeterminate

failure

throughout

rupture

in a laboratory

the

is

And when the

case,

strength

reserve

rather

is,

strength

formulas,

loads

the

the

members and connections

connections

distributes

ability

In

context

structure

design

load.

its

member.

individual

design

design

present

is

failure.

redundancy

in a statically

of the

their

defense:

fail-safety,

in the

structural

The first

this

and the

as

cracks

catastrophic

to

for

paths

has against

a

a failure,

structure

strength

built

without

load

The reserve

factors

the

usually

problems

a structure

a synonym

of a major

brittlely

joint

such

a redundant

reasons.

the

are

to cause

two components

of multiple

That

fail

effects

against

redundancy

of

load,

of defense

line

withstand

structures

well

total

variations

Modes

The last

the

load

jacket.

4.2.5

to

these

load

is that

a fixed

So usually and fails, again

through

steel before

it

redisplastic

A characteristic of the

“unzipping”

lateral

involves

both

critical

cross-section

Thus,

the

weakest

types

line

suppose

that

discussed

frames

at a time. above,

strength

is

fail-safe

the mode

within

and

beyond the

is

This

i.e.,

cross-sections

reserve

stress.

the

alternate

the

components.

capacity

load

Due structure

of its

paths loads

adequate

during

steel

environmental

to

difficult

structure

hardly

feels

measurements

will

have

detect

to

be

of

load

without

of

very

loading

brace’s

undue

or six

cracking

effect

be picked

collapse.

because the

the

five

causes

In a

normal

failure)

template,

loading

techniques

made

carry

ends.

could

Under

to

alternate

For example,

brace

a sudden

of Mexico-type

are

at one of its

frames.

struc-

stiffening

loads.

by that

other

are

there

applied

carried in

redundant

that

a fracture

of the

braces The use

damage the

in

a

structural

a missing

sensitive

brace,

to

detect

reliably.

to

reserve

can withstand

how to quantify

this

quantification that

strength

and

a certain

amount

resistance.

is

not

substantial

storms

implies

more

the

vibration cracks

is

with

externally

due to

monitoring

component If

the

redundancy

confused

rings)

normally

an extreme

vibration

be

possibly

Gulf

redundancy.

indicate

load

For a typical

particular

to

fail

braces,

before

the

as internal

dynamic

ambient

fatigue

(not

temporary

need to fail

ambient

defense

were to

other the

(including

and

reserve

attempted.

reserve

strength

in

fixed

designs

Gulf

exists

steel

offshore

The remaining of Mexico design

Platforms

and against

exists

a

of cracking.

In normal

even

earthquakes,

strength

redundancy,

studied

against

fatigue. following

overloads

So it the

in

is

general

problem practice the

past

due

assumed

to

that

patterns

of

most attention

in

platforms. The study

designs

of bracing

neighboring

of sustaining

structure,

conditions,

those

into

such

a brace

up by several

similar

and

Redundancy

capable

redundant

severe

redistribution

of

in a joint,

paths

such

load

has additional

system.

elements

is

one level

structure

parts.

tural

of

mode of template-type

bracing,

of

structure

The second

load

failure

for

“shakedown”

of failure

earthquake analyses

modes has probably

zones are

and arctic

routinely

regions.

performed

53

486”334

(jf G

received

to

the

For earthquake evaluate

structural

zone designs, ductility

in the

event

of arctic of

platforms

the

most

of a larger-than-design addressed

integrity

of

difficult

the

their

in

strength

of

involved

may make a thorough

tions

during

4.3

Design

must

modes

criteria

of

which

are

certain

procedures,

such

always,

see

is

the

maintenance probably

in

the

quantifying

tremendous

number

possible

the

of

failure

against

considered

to

in

joints

combina-

Conference

programs,

between

The

deterministic

programs

problems,

and

are

The differences

possible. implementations

fatigue

in the

proceedings

computer

simple

if

the

and

Design

industry.

in

been

methods

are well-documented

on

different

have

the

is,

damaging

locations

offshore

design That

probably

section,

journals.

existing

of

most

proceedings,

“debugged”

means

as accuracy.

and

this the

are

be

the

here,

professional

exist

as dynamic

of

described

Technology

as well not

beginning

as those

activity

components

similar

in

control

or

analyses,

of

are

similar

usually,

only

minor

significance

from

the

work

itself

is

by the

but

fracture

perspective. of the

design

representative

as the

number of waves to use in a fatigue

designer

and the

or New Orleans) California

the

the

scope,

design

visits

modes

fracture

whether

the

methods

to

Verification

the

and fracture,

of

structural

at

and

these

are

this

to

such

benchmarked

control

the

study

expensive.

relatively

in Offshore

implement

that

Also,

various

conferences,

usually

not

the

and methods,

other

joints.

must address

check

in

design

API RP-2A,

fatigue

failure

for

As mentioned

addressed. of

for

investigation

Verification

verifier

tools

modes and stressed

studying

prohibitively

assurance

verification.

failure

But

An industry-sponsored

Verification

Quality

the

tubular

design

failure

welds.

problem cracked

earthquake.

operator

operator

so contact

or

to the

, who is

abroad, design

is assured

the office, that

consulted are

usually

between

the

or is the

analysis.

For Gulf

same area is easy.

in-house work meets

54

all

such

of Mexico work,

(typically,

either office

operator’s

decisions,

For other

representative

design

@

design

parties

given

4$6-334

on significant in the

operator’s

conducted

work,

makes

space.

design

Houston

frequent

In this

criteria.

e.g., way,

For

the

major

(MMs) Platform over

Verification

400 foot

in U.S.

water

that

these

run

parallel

fatigue major

tasks

From this subject are

their

design,

studies the

the

for

scrutiny other

method,

4.4.1

aspect

to

have

new platforms

all

level

other

Thus,

platforms

program

party.

is

requires

The CVA will

member and

aspects.

in

of verification

of the

third

dynamics,

all

the

joint

parallel

strength,

efforts

attention

to

range that paid

most

be of

fatigue

in the

their to

shallow

tools

water

by the

allowable

is

should

conservative,

for

special

subject

Shallow applicability

water

are

plat-

used

with

same platforms

design

structures

Deepwater

analysis

designed its

deepwater

sophisticated

perspective.

likely

is

major

in design.

And the

a verification

shallower

the

spectral

effects.

more

that

attention

a dynamic

Many incompletely

understood

discussion

highlight

to

platforms, stress be quite the

least

structures.

will

design the

problems

most

have been mentioned.

important

problems

that

single

The

and trends

in

practices.

Tubular

Joint

It

is

of

fracture

materials, should

most

Service

Discussion

following current

another

(CVA) phase

control

And assuming

control

and for

can be seen

non-linear

the

of Mexico,

by an independent

design

it

are

for

Gulf)

loads,

Management

provided.

likely

from

in

conservative.

4.4

are

Minerals

particular,

Agent

most fracture

hand,

which

fracture

major

example,

to examine

most

on the

most

the

check

discussion

to the

forms

to

and other

analytical

Gulf

outside

be checked

analyses

by the

(in

Verification

platforms

lives,

in the

areas

The Certified

covered

program

depths

operational

used.

are

platforms

generally

is be

controversy

Design agreed

control

in

good detailing.

avoided;

this

surrounding

by designers design, Stress

is

beyond

detail:

55

486-334

an understanding

concentrations

universally

one important

the

0/$7

and close

accepted. the

most of

loads

proximity

However,

weld profile.

important

there

and welds is

The API RP-2A makes special ent

S-N curve,

This

available

profile

Shielded

is

Metal

to the

described

in

fatigue

design

designer

provisions,

who uses

i.e.,

an “improved” 4.1.3C,

API RP-2A paragraph

a differ-

weld profile.

“Joint

Details

for

Arc Welding:”

A special effort should be made to achieve an as-welded surface smoothly with the adjoining base metal, and which merges “T“ approximates the concave profiles shown in Figure 4.1.3. is the size of the diagrammatic weld exclusive of toe fillets added for this purpose.

Ideal

profiles

difficult

such

to

achieve

“Commentary”

to the

cap

and butter

the

API does

between

passes not

attempt

How does

weld

of

the

notch

effects

unimproved.

tional

benefits

weld

bead.

microstructure (e. g.,

deep scratches

loss

of area

the

designer

the

requirement?

removal along

and

of

cost

a point

structures.

Nominally stress

the

residual and the

and

be? notch

Recall

that

profiles, addi-

presumably

with

the worst

possibility

toe

the

“improved”

stresses.

of a fillet

they

may have three

last,

of material

of dispute

reduces riser.

X for

a profile

Are the

should

it

and grinding

post-weld

or misblending

in load-carrying

worst, defects,

Detrimental of surface

radius)

damage

and significant

cross-sections.

The effects

of

weld

plastic

deformation

is

currently

mental

fracture

mechanics.

removal

are the

been

S-N curves:

removal

when is

How high

surface

welding

probable

to answer:

of offshore

in the

with

diagram

apparently

the

properties,

of material

at all.

reduces

are

effects

profile

i.e.,

The additional

So the

the

work?

included

etc.

grinding,

However,

profile

are

5) are

what was intended.

improved it

Figure

demonstrate

has

another

(see

shows small

fabricators only

4.1.3

which

This

the

associated

These

for

not?

passes,

weld,

to

left

it

Figure without

provides

to quantify

and the

the

X’ for

section

is then

butter

in API’s

construction

on a weld

designers

the

effect

offshore

and when is

the

fillets,

in

depicted

fatigue

The question “improved”

as those

profiling

on cracks

an area While

of research

profiling

56

growing

is

in

regions

in analytical certain

to

of

large

and experiaffect

fatigue

RP2A:Planning, Designing,

andConstructing Fixed Offshore Platforms

57

ROOTOPENING,G 45° TO 90” 1/16 TO 3/16

SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN DETAILS TYPICAL CONNECTION ANGLEa Is THEANGLE FORMED BY THEEXTERIOR SURFACES OFTHE BRACEANDCHORD ATANYPOINTON THEIRJOINTLINE.(LOcALDIHEDRAL ANGLE]

1.6 TO 4.6

.-.

1

OVER 135°

I SEE SEC. B-B

/A 9 6

BUILDOVTTOFUU.THICKNESS EXCEPT‘T“NEEDNOTEXCEED 1.75t, SECT ION “B’’-’iB”

SECT ION “A’’-%”

MIN. 1/16 IN (1.6mm) MAx.1/4 IN (6.4 mm)

BACK-UP WELDNOT

OPT

SUBJECT TO INSPECTION

9sre

x

?\

\\l

T SECT

10N

SECTION“C’’-’’C” (ALTERNATE)

“C’’-’’C”

FIG.4.1.3 WELDED TUBULAR SHIELDED METAL

Figure 5.

CONNECTIONS ARC WELDING

Taken from API RP-2A, Twelfth Edition.

FaAA-83-6-2

4&3j~

~ m



initiation

and

growth

grows

away

from

occurs,

the

profile

4.4.2

Fatigue

the

There,

and

aspects

contributions

sea

with

surface,

of

state,

larly

is

severe

of

for

for

not

number)

in for

fati!

in

proper’

crack

the

joint

But

of appropriate

of hot

dominant

prediction

wave

spot

analysis

the

come from the

calculation

a fatigue

dynamic

analysis.

the

equat” on.

and

since

shipping

but

as

a

The equation

relatively

in

a random sea

of

forces

stresses

in for

most significant

for

North

tends

forecast

100 years

While

a

use

to

of

such

avoid

it at

of Mexico particu-

bad weather.

of waves

from two

of sea-state

extrapolation

Thus,

conditions

Gulf

uncer-

Atlantic,

extrapolation

analysis. state

the

in the

traffic

accuracy

sea

methods

vary

from

one

wave

passes;

of marine

growth

the

data

represents

seems

that

worst

With

on the

adjustments

structure

the

drag

to

another

on these

and regular

structural-member

the

a least

geographical

waves, where

interactions, (such

wave forces

and inertial (i.e.,

as

0 0

relies

force with

are

assumed

coefficients

are

difficult

for

instead

of

appropriate this overturning

a single for

for

approach

terms

Reynolds

constants

and developed

58

486-334

calculating

however,

is empirical flow

for

for

wave

itself

state.

forces

to

The coefficients

undisturbed

flow-related

data

location.

fatigue

given

predict. in

less

attempt

the

the

may be the The wave climate

is

state-of-the-art

constants

global

around

the

ue.

The effects

give

the

analysis

areas.

to

the

analysis.

other

structural

there

practice,

The current on Morison’s

but

a remote

exists

locations

about

distribution

frontier

may have

error

knowledge

are

global

state

storms,

an unusual

source

once

many uncertainties

questions

computation

sea

known,

of data,

not

are

are

distribution,

for

An oceanographer years

that

S-N curve.

well

for

probable

redistribution

in a fatigue

and the

especially

fairly

is

stress

There

the

state

The long-term is

it

effect.

course, of

sea

a given

tainty,

and

has little

to uncertainty

long-term

given

cracks,

Uncertainties.

analysis.

the

small

Analysis

4.4.2.1

other

of

for to

cylinder

a structure

shielding is

moment)

agreed which

and to are

acceptably

accurate

for

design

individual

members

which

are

thus

contribute That

other is spite of

the

has

not

large

been

of the various

plane authors the

where

braces

is

are

unaware

together

growth What is

paths

dual

could

the

taken

a host

all

and mean stresses?

lives

are

control

4.4.2.2 to

deeper

problem water joints. level

such

European

the

poorly

program

that

under minor

involves

does

only

gage

is.

the

properly

in

interaction out-of(The

accounts

for

wave loads.)

uncertainties,

but

analysis.

How valid

summation

fatigue

a sea water

effects

to

sense.

is

growth? of resi-

environment

easy

which

of crack

crack

when investigated

in a relative

And,

different

linear

is

often

documented).

What are the

it

each

spot

(especially)

predicting

prediction),

to

fourth

power,

inversely t-o.25*

of

the

other,

stressed

fatigue

test,

on S-N Curves.

operators

play? in terms

see

of

why fatigue

What is the

given

to

thicker

is, the

that

fatigue

proportional That

in the

to the for

North

impact

fatigue

life)

of

plate

will

and

have

a

@

have

a joint

thickness nominal lesser

moves

grappling

with

effects. larger,

strength

joints,

spot

practice

thickness Sea,

the

59

486-334

plate

two similar

same hot

joint

As American themselves

namely,

found

indicates a

may find

Europeans,

as those

research

corresponding

the

least,

(especially

Effects

before

structures,

role

and

with

hot

tools, and

cycles?

estimated,

the

strain

in-plane

for

on

plans?

American

currently

approximately

life

that

analysis

joint

which

poorly

do not agree

upon a fatigue

stress

by experts

Thickness

water,

rule,

count

upon

interpreted

on fracture

impact

uncertainties

effects

the

of comparatively

And what

these

where

the

transients)

way to

problem

at

wave forces

estimates.

the

both (or

are

life

stress

in

local

available

analysis

have major

by

Given all

but

through

an equivalent

proper

quantitative

loads

of any fatigue

contributed

is

is,

understood

are

(or

also

the

fatigue

SCF formulas

crack

of

poorly

load

rule

spot

of appropriate

combinations

Then there

Miner’s

the

to

to fatigue

There

existence

different

taken

hot

discussed.

defined

important

uncertainties

various

However,

purposes.

Deep thicker

(i.e.,

stress

configuration raised

to the

one a scaled-up stress allowable

a

levels stress

is onecopy in

a in

approximately

, where

(t#tl)-o”*5 thinner,

its

to have the

major

fit

roles.

approaches,

with

mechanics

approach

reliably,

with

geometries simple

that,

in

deeper

than,

or

say,

be predicted

around

cracks

a crack

than

of

uncertainty

fatigue

effect

of environment

ments

describing

or

environmental

Conference

Proceedings

Engineers)

and

a series

organized

point

their

crack shared

life

to

complex reduction

problem

a surface

is

crack

amplitude

as would

nor-

crack

model

mechanics

load

mechanics

of explaining

hoped

of the

accelerating

Fracture

aides

above.

in a constant

fracture

joints.

the

shedding

models

how stress

must

redistri-

acceleration. by the crack

of the

effects

fracture growth

reports

60

@

mechanics

analysis

structure.

upon

by Smith,

of progress

4$6=334

is

some displacement-controlled

subcritical

on useful

of

fracture

or full-scale

Another

rate

thickness

rather

grow in typical and inhibits

etc.

growth

the

described

and then

ratio,

play

design

analysis

joints,

the

of

mechanics

the

to

problem.

specimens

effects

One is

due

mechanics

or similar

fracture

as diameter

that

this

of

thickness

joint,

is to be hoped--to

any other

goal,

in tubular

constant,

suggests

thought

HAZ, may also

A goal

tests

cross-section’s

remain

a more

is

to fracture

resolve

by a load-controlled-based

This

A source with

to

now looking

S-N curves

approach.

such

25% of the

enjoy

notches,

of the

Approach.

as the

found

size

to help

of this

problems

brace-chord

appears

be refined--it

are

fatigue

parameters

large

relative

of

fields

notches

stresses

researchers

this

small

thinner’s.

residual

a minimum number

face

which

the

and

derive

such

84% of the

is twice

thicknesses

to

for

plate

such as degrading

and the

As a part

thicker

power,

effects,

Mechanics

to

for

one-fourth

Other

The is

the

the

phenomenon.

large

Fracture

if

self-similar

success,

a typical

as large

than

some apparent

problems

solution.

butes

on this

design

test

occurs

effect

and stress

into

mally

gradient

to

to about

be able

answers Major

load

stress

details.

provide

reduced

of the weld,

European

4.4.2.3

structural

is

and welding,

significant

thicknesses

For example,

effect

for

up,

their

stress

properties

rolling,

of > tl.

size

subsurface

material

t2

allowable

The notch rapid

ratio

the

et

crack al

techniques

approach

is

The most useful propagation

(20).,

by Burnside,

rates

(Institution et

al

the

docuare

of Civil (21).

These

references

report

function

a

of stress

frequencies,

large

amount

intensity

factor

environments,

materials.

The observed

range

negligible

from

cracks

under to

such

under

higher

as

This

an upper

growth

consensus

that

rate

(In

change

fact,

in the

of

at

as

near-threshold

testing

conditions

encountered

the

effect

threshold

of AK rather

stress

m/cycle. be

in

of environment

level

material,

rates

than

of 6 1Ow

not

be taken

near-threshold,

There

is

a general

for

the

relevant

done

offshore

be described

in terms

low

intensity

must

fixed

should

small

and

corroding

comes from the

must

for

by factors

growth

10-8

and

propagation

frequencies

alternating

data

than

crack

a

cycling

increased

freely

in crack

less

high

as

protection,

improvements)

were

lower

test

cathodic

cases,

that

and

of the

levels

frequency/environment joints.

rates

increase

little

more

some

combinations

as

of

results

(AK and R),

upon fatigue

tested

propagation

data

and mean values levels

in

temperatures,

bound

propagation

of environment

protection

factor-of-six

low crack

range

(including,

detrimental

frequencies, factors.

effects

crack

crack

temperatures,

cathodic

temperatures,

of

platform in terms

of crack

of

propagation

rates.) Of

course

stresses,

and fracture

impressive

list

and load models

mechanics

best

4.4.2.4

Fatigue

is the

service

usually

around

2.0

compared

to those

usually

Lives. life

in

used

of the

Gulf

much larger

than

of

in other

practices,

research,

structure

times

practice,

industries.

the

ratio

2.0.

61

486-334

D 73

will

impinge

in spite

of this

with

inservice

fracture

in the required

a rather

design

spot

mechanics

approach.

a safety

However,

mean life)

actual

with

uncertainties the

hot

of many geometrical

of this

by engineers,

(not

above

elimination

viability

Mexico

loads,

calibration

associated

Due to the

practice

discussed

and the

the

with

is to be hoped that

parameters

use of minimum-life

conservative

growth,

increase

conservative

It

further

crack

will

a joint

other

analysis.

distribution

at their

associated

distributions

of uncertainties,

and stress

the

uncertainties stress

of fatigue

as a standard

through

the

subsurface

upon the

observations

all

it

design

factor,

and life

of

SF.

SF is

low nominal

value

should

curves

analysis,

be noted

that,

in API RP-2A and

of mean and “minimum” lives

is

As with this

case

safety

developed

relationship certain

any

for

implies,

loading

structure be,

is

tures.

to

other

be able

Such

research

current

wave heights is

quantitative

if

such

as

the

conditions

are

should

criteria,

correct

presently

being

API and the

level

these

it

of offshore

conducted

by,

it

or the risk

To answer

and reliability

is

different,

the

earthquakes?

risk

is

struc-

for

example,

ASCE.

Platforms

API and ASCE committees a long-term

in the

offshore based

toward

reliability

the

two design

Design

fracture

with

design

control

for

these

factors

options

of

factors

criteria

have been developed of reliability

of off-

implementation

At least

on reliability.

magnitudes

between

trend

on the

industry.

development

trade-offs

design

This

and so on.

And, what

is

future

fatigue

in

Mexico.

are

and earthquake that

of

loading

API RP-2A are

possible

stress

Gulf

How appropriate

members of the

there

the

level,

SF relationship.

quantify

by the

in

risk

from this

efforts

technology

in the

It

to

an accepted

type,

of Offshore

structures,

reliability

allowable

redundant?

and committee

As evidenced

depths

to

structure

hazards,

The Reliability

shore

the

of SF elsewhere,

to

individual

4.4.3

arise

more or less

relative

necessary

do

conditions,

value

SF relates

medium water

as

Two questions to use this

factor,

storm

methods. will

and

make

practices

possible. There

are

tubular

joint

Fatigue

Design

approach; applies computes

the

at

least

against

two current

fatigue:

Criteria other,

for

under

analysis

probability

Reliability-based ferent

practices,

structural its

detail

non-redundant

options

might

design

such could

as

be in the

by the

Structures,” by CONOCO, Inc. (the

so-called

and safety

be assigned type

sponsored

the

reliability

of a

API,

“Probability-Based

uses

the

safety

and Det Norske Level

index Veritas,

II analysis),

which

of failure.

redundancy

counterpart,

to quantify

Offshore

development

a more sophisticated an approximate

one,

efforts

all of hot

factors

design a lower other spot

structures.

(more liberal) aspects

stress

62

486-334

in

would

@

equal.

analysis,

be assigned

to

dif-

Thus a redundant safety

factor

Another by parametric

than

pair

of

equa-

tions

or

by

element-based the

designer be

factors

or

finite

element

could

returns,”

i.e.,

equations,

for

a

this

perhaps

be

safety

factor

design

such

redundancy

trade-offs

variable

More current

is

to

structural current

immediate

of

the

identification

parts

are

not

identified

always

later

detailed

indicate

Most present the

rule

a .

fail-safety

1.

as

of a part

primary

A brace

Principal

American Designing, “Loading

in use load

at the

that

transfer

likely

be the

failure

by fraccritical One may be

process. inspections,

criticality

a lateral path

bottom

probably

more

accurate

develop,

The most

or

more

it.

fracture

is

of fail-

Fracture

design

with

for

the

be measured?

most

one whose

experience,

exists

for

Of course,

adequate?

structure.

of the

should

a problem

techniques will

part

basis

parts. as

the

SCF

Reliability-

redundancy

will

critical

of

parametric

contributions

questions

be defined

integrity

design

analyses

is

fracture-critical

4.5

can

of thumb currently

structure

criticality

the

the

these

of fracture

part

specific

And how much is

to

identified

in

analyses

A quick

answers

threatens

the

most

away.

How can

designs?

critical

seriously

allocations.

far

the

diminishing

costly.

resource are

with

SCF computations,

a rational

factors into

element

provide

reliability.

and improvement

A fracture

between

research

in

result

could

safety

the

How much exists

ture

much less

of

with

safety

design and

point

combined

but

variable

in

redundant

“the

finite

reliable,

present

at

Then

of analysis

reliable,

with

less

the

is

most

type

variation

of

structure

slightly make such

the

structure

only to

no

finite

of safety.

what

Given

obviously

redundant

factor

combination

combination

a

lower-uncertainty

about

joint.

exemplified is

the

decisions

critical

results

perhaps

case

a more liberal

informed

the

SCF

this

be awarded

or a non-redundant

decisions

safe

In

make more

“allowable,”

But

for

design

performed

costly.

based,

elements.

could

should

would

finite

and is

are

brace is

not.

intuitive.

at the

hence

most

As reliability

quantification

of

top

of

likely and part

result.

References

Petroleum Institute, “API Recommended Practice and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms:” Conditions;” Section 2.3, “Design Loads;”

486”33463

@

for Planning, Section 2.2, Section 2.5.3,

“Fatigue;” Section 2.5.5, “Connections;” Section Connections” and “Commentary on Allowable Stresses Section C2.5.3, “Fatigue,” API RP-2A, Thirteenth January 1982.

4.1.3, “Welded Tubular for Structural Steel;” Edition, Dallas, Texas,

2.

Marshall, P.W., “Basic Considerations for Tubular shore Construction,” WRCBulletin 193, April 1974.

3.

Marshall, P.W., Welding Journal,

4.

Marshall, P.W., “A Review of American Criteria And Proposed Revisions,” IIW Dec. XV-405-77.

5.

Marshall, Offshore Nostrand

6.

Kuang, Joints,”

7.

Wordsworth, A.C., and $medley, G.P., “Stress Concentrations at Proceedings of the European Offshore Steels Unstiffened Tubular Joints,” Research Seminar, Welding Institute, Abington, Cambridge, November 1978.

8.

Rodabaugh, E.C., for Use in Fixed

9.

Vugts, J.H., and Kinra, R.K., “Probabilistic Fatigue Analysis of Fixed Offshore Structures,” Proceedings of the Offshore Technology Conference, OTC 2608, Houston, Texas, 1976.

and Toprac, A.A., Research Supplement,

“Basis for May 1974.

P.W., “Tubular Joint Design,” Chapter Structures, ed. by B. McClelland, Relnhol d, New York, 1982. J.A., Potvin, SPE Journal,

A.B., August

et al., 1977.

“Stress

Joint

Design

Tubular

for

Joint

Tubular

“Review of Data Relevant to the Design Offshore Platforms,” WRCBulletin 256,

Off-

Design,”

Structures--

18 in The Design to be published

Concentration

in

in

of Fixed by Van

Tubular

of Tubular Joints January 1980.

10.

Kinra, R.K., and Marshall, Platform,” Proceedings of the Houston, Texas, 1979.

P.W., “Fatigue Analysis of Offshore Technolog y Conference,

11.

Kan, D.K.Y., and Petrauskas, C., “Hybrid Time-Frequency Domain Fatigue Analysis for Deepwater Platforms,” Proceedings of the Offshore Technology Conference, OTC 3965, Houston, Texas, 1981.

12.

Marshall, P.W., and Bea, R.G., “Failure Modes for Offshore Proceedings of the First Conference on the Behavior Structures (BOSS ‘76), Trondheim, Norway, 1976.

13.

Marshall, Methods .

P.W., “Failure of Structural

14.

Marshall, Offshore Offshore

P.W., “Strategy for Monitoring, Inspection Platforms,” Proceedings of the Conference Structures (BOSS ‘79), London, 1979.

Modes for Analysis,

Offshore Structures ASCE Conference,

64

486-334

m

the Cognac OTC 3378,

Structures,” of Offshore

Part II--Fatigue,” Madison, Wisconsin,

and Repair for Fixed on the Behavior of

Geological Survey, Conservation Department of the Interior,

Division, Washington,

OCS Platform D.C., 19/9.

Verification

15.

U.S. -,

16.

Design Rules for Tomkins, B., “Fatigue Proceedings of the Offshore Structures,” Houston, Texas, 1982.

17.

Dover, W.D., and Dharmavasan, Proceedings T and Y Joints,” 4404, Houston, Texas, 1982.

18.

Bristoll, Problems Offshore Research

19.

Marshall, P.W., “Fracture Structures in the Ocean,” June 1982.

20.

Institution of Civil Engineers, ed. J. R. Smith, H. G. Crisp, Telford Ltd., London, 1981.

21.

Burnside, O.H., et al., “Long-term Corrosion Steels -- First Year Assessment,” U.S. Coast Southwest Research Institute, August 1981.

22.

American Bureau of Shipping, Rules Installations, ABS Special Committee (Draft) 1982.

23.

Englesvick, Knut M., Analysis of Uncertainties in the Fatigue Welded Joints, University of Trondheim, Division of Marine Report No. UP-82-17, The Norwegian Institute of Technology, December 1981.

24.

Wirsching, P.H., “Probability-Based Fatigue Design Criteria for Offshore Structures,” prepared for the American Petroleum Institute, Dallas, Texas, Final Project Report, API-PRAC Project #81-15, January 1983.

25.

Rolfe, S.T. and Barsom, J.M., Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures, Chapters 14 and 15, Prentice-Hall, Inc., New Jersey, 1978.’

Steel Welded Joints in Offshore OTC 4403, Technology Conference,

Fracture Mechanics Analysis S., “Fatigue Conference, of the Offshore Technology

of OTC

“A Review of the Fracture Mechanics Approach to the P., of Design, Quality Assurance, Maintenance, and Repair of of the European Offshore Steels Structures,” Proceedings Seminar, Welding Institute, Abington, Cambridge, November 1978. Control presented

and Reliability for Welded Tubular at the 9th NATCAM,Ithaca, New York, Fatigue N. A.

in Offshore Structural Randall, and F. Sterry,

of Welded Marine Interim Report by

for Building and Classing on Offshore Installations,

65

4$6-334

Fatigue Guard

0

77

Steels, Thomas

Offshore New York,

Capacity of Structures, Trondheim,

5.0

CURRENT PRACTICES:

Although such

as

there

different

control

are

mented

by the

CONSTRUCTION

are

installation

quite

similar

American

wide

range

in the

Gulf

of Mexico fabrication This

fracture

are

control,

in

Gulf

of Mexico.

scheme

practices

of

construction,

related

These

(AWS), as well

of construction,

only

discusses

those

the

related

What kinds

trends

overall

the

Society

examines and

the

to

practices

are

as by the

especially

fabrication,

construction

practices

fracture docuYet a

API. exists

in

related

to

yards.

practices

involved?

current

Welding

in

methods,

in the

quality

section

construction

variations

to

of

following

fracture

are

practices

And,

performed?

the

how are

What specific

control?

inspections

construction

In general,

aspects:

subject

much

of

practices

why are

some

concern

and

discussion?

5.1

Philosophy

In terms built-in

stresses,

specified

material

bly

the

which the

size

during

might

parts

of

of the

main goal

initial

are are

designed

of

and

large

to

minimize

to

of course,

correctly,

so that

to

avoid

is

behaves

assemresidual Care

defects.

accidental

care

from

end, and

critical

great it

variations

restraint

eliminate

structure

is to limit

To this

dimensions.

And,

cracking. structure

the

in construction

defects,

performed

construction

cause

the

and structural

procedures

and inspections

taken

control,

properties

and welding

stresses, is

of fracture

taken

as it

overloads to assemble

was designed

to

behave. In

choosing

fabrication

related

to

method,

relates

defined

and discussed

tion

method,

example,

if

legs,

rather

ture

(versus

fracture

control directly

is

than

are to

to

decided in a skirt

template-type)

installation

cost

of

The second a large to

degree,

install around

is

likely

methods,

The first,

made.

the

later).

controls, it

and

the the

the

two

66

the

the

design

piles

in

result

choice

methods

trade-off,

perimeter, to

the

two main trade-offs

choice

groups

(see

(frame

of the

then

of fabricatiori

the

Figure

or

of installa-

structure.

around

the

tower-type 1).

node, For corner struc-

For a tower

platform,

larger

problems

related

offs

related

report,

member and joint to size

to the

although

effects

5.2

Current

material

and the

welds

made,

the

defects, ture

welding

to

repair

is

defects

control The trade-

addressed

recognized

by this

as important

section.

are

discussed.

In

There

preventing

and of

of tubular

joints

or

Inspections

will

and fabri-

acceptance

installation for

of

weld frac-

damage to of

fixed

treatment

be covered

are

phase,

construction and the

that

on how welds

inspecting

the

incoming

agreement

designed

controls

phase,

of

general

of well

In the

into

fabrication

assurance

rejection

welds.

overview

the

is

involves

the

can be divided

quality

importance

welds,

a brief welding

with

Welding

with

structures

the

steel

of fabrica-

in Section

5.3.

Overview

in

four

lateral

Gulf

Viewed

bracing These

position

four

and joined In what

a brace

is

a saddle in

to

fit

thicker

at

the

node method,

will

frames

are

is

plate

brace

above,

visible,

formed

chord.

the

the

is

completed

center

fabricated

fabricated

structure

two frames

horizontally,

The brace

a segment

frames,

the is

on its

usually

being

then

the

tilted

into to

its the

brace

has launch

up into

a “can”. joint

Special fabrication

in Section

(ZD

5.4.

joint in the

between shape

of

position

in the

struc-

chord.

Special

steel

may be placed

67

486-334

a tubular

end of the

put

material)

called

later,

method,

and welded

An alternate

be discussed

frame

by cutting

or different

ends.

structure

by more braces.

or between

by inserting

from

commonly known as the the

a frame

template-type

frames

together

and a chord

(either

of Mexico

a shipyard.

trusses.

used

4.4.2.2).

of this

together.

of defective

Following

side

joint

are

offshore

the

these

concerned

A typical

ture,

fracture

main concerns

installation.

control. of

structures,

5.2.1

Section

as part

concerned

overemphasize

inspection

control

and

of parts

fracture

and the

offshore

the

and the

installation

steel

primarily

to

structure.

tion

of fixed

is

difficult

cated

(see

are

some length

fabrication

phases,

control

is

likely,

Practices

fracture

it

and

at

The construction main

method

transportation

and are addressed

are

may result

fabrication

issues

two

sizes

in the steel method,

is

chord not

at the usually

known as the

Once the

installation

tection, If

the

is

called

drilling

site

ture

will

its

legs,

to

on its with

the

on location

are

installed,

If

the

tion

methods

load

out launch

platform

replaced is

until

it

and landed

is

not

is

the

launched set

of

a large

on the

bottom.

on top

the

Also,

off

for

the

barge,

barge.

The strucflooding

Once upright,

crane.

an

is towed to the

by selective

The piles

of the

pro-

be installed.

onto

the

of it

and well

is

conduc-

And, finally,

the

platform.

structure,

self--floaters

dry

cathodic

to

work deck.

a template-type

by flooding

ready

structure

upright

a temporary

placed

is

with

is jacked

carrying

For example,

necessary.

it

is

with

are

may be used.

is

it

assistance

trusses

it

on a barge,

where

sometimes

deck and supporting

no

side

and outfitted

so forth,

The barge

out”.

(“transport”),

and/or

and

be carried

“load

float

positioned

has been fabricated equipment,

structure

operation

tors

structure

alternate do not

dock and floating

gravity-type

installa-

require

the

a barge;

structure,

structures,

no

and

piles

are

needed.

5.2.2

Welding

of Tubular

Joints

Welding

procedures

for

American

Welding

detail

in

the

AWSD1.l; the

“Guide

“Rules

for

Building

“Rules

for

Building

joint

welds

are

core”

faster

wire

covered

the

choice

by the

The base special Mexico

Hull

metal ovens

is

Offshore

Installations,”

with

hand-held

years

above

Standard

made for

preheated

yards).

if

voltage, the

weld

necessary,

important The edge

rods

for

to

assure

of

68

low hydrogen the

brace

and

Metal

example, thus

using

allowing

gas shielded

of these

procedures

and welding

for

All

11,

(Shielding

applications,

current,

Steel”,

Most tubular

30.

FCAW), have been used,

documentation.

Code:

in

API RP-2A; and ABS

welding,

And in special

described

Section

welding

GblAW)has been used.

polarity,

the

Section

semiautomatic

rates.

Arc Welding,

(especially

fabrication

AWSD3.5;

Vessels,”

are

Welding

Welding”,

Cored Arc Welding,

deposition

structures

“Structural

Steel

manually,

are

offshore

Society’s,

Classing

of electrodes,

Preparations

steel

Classing

and

(Flux

(Gas Metal

are

and

done

weld metal

welding

Steel

SMAW). In recent

Arc Welding, “flux

for

fixed

are

techniques

available

for

etc. weldability rods

may be kept

rods end

and

is

in

humid

usually

fusion. dry in Gulf

of

prepared

without

a root

only. the

landing,

And the root

fit-up

opening. In the

outside

however,

material,

large

weld

stress

is

extra

butter

passes

are to

(e.g.,

it

at

inspected. not

are

usually

the

to

been

weld to

each

to

outside control

substantially

The root

bring

it

are

capable

of filling

is then

thickness,

decrease

this

notch

degree

among

weld

is to

Idhile

a convex

not

common,

improves

the

fatigue

is

usually

least

profile.

although,

API does be detersmall

extra

Grinding

given

a

weld

one

Sometimes

for.

the

the can

at

base

causing

joints

that

called

rapidly;

of a notch

possibly

“improvement”

fabricators

toes

weld

adjoining

sensitive

of

FCAWI)pro-

effect

effect.

the

to control.

the

The weld has the plate

the

with

required

(or the

weld-

affect

more difficult

smoothly

the

its

parameters

Semiautomatic

may thus

skilled

to

the

welding

pass

made by less

weld.

weld

from only

single-sided

These

fatigue

is

this

and

In

form the

profile

passes

order.

etc.

the

accessible

backing.

toe.

of

is for

weld

merge

so that

help

the

they

accepted

at

cap

of the

a nonaggressive

performance

of weld

toes

A).

weld

common in not

especially

the

of

through

is

Post-welding

are

also

the

and

undercut,

profile

see Appendix Once

closely,

required

the

completed

excessive

pass

control

be made from the

can

weld

and other

should

generally

used

environment,

has

profile

the

it

without

because

may be “improved”

mined,

welds

size,

of the

riser

quantify

is

complete

distribution

stress

profile

weld

used

without

on the

to

of the

skill

welder,

number,

profile

The

weld

is watched

root

and distortion

often

the

the

groove

in

stresses are

root

parts

Special

passes,

vary

cedures

not

joint.

Subsequent

residual

method,

by a special

thickness,

the

~

penetration

be performed ers.

of the

frame

of the

of complete

so that

Gulf

large done

complete, treatments,

such

of Mexico

practice.

enough with

it

in American

grinding

or

69

left

as post-weld Joint practice

peening

alone

heat

treatment

sizes,

i.e.,

to warrant the

weld

until

to

it

is

(PwHT),

thicknesses,

PWHT. Some work reduce

residual

5.2.3

Fabrication

Defects

In terms concern:

of fracture

welding

macroscopic braces

such

a joint. cracking,

structural

engineer

principal

inadequate

root

porosity,

crack.

of

by

or

to

consulted

welding

discontinuities

gross

gaps

welds,

overlapping cases

are

between

undue

of

of

errors

insufficient

congested

in these

of defects

residual

braces.

to assess

The

the

these

(e.g.,

severity

significance

of

cracks

containing

on the

placed

on the

depth

x 1 inch

absolute on the

trend

Current models

of the

checked

failure,

can withstand in

size

of

fatigue

to

brittle

fracture,

exist

in

or

are

found

concern

found

and

joint

not

is

a fatigue

such not

to

some

defects

be

problem

determining

compromise

welds

all

may

the

inclusions,

initiate

tubular

limitations,

that

a weld with

are

accurately

of defining

the

defects,

length.

and toward of the

the

disposition

There

to

the

known as “fitness

strict

as,

of

for

limits

a

for

on the which

purpose,”

it,

is

have

been

1/8

inch

away from

such

than

a trend

based

purpose

reject

no larger

currently

criteria

serve

defect’s it

impact

was intended;

“fitness

for

service,”

Assessment.”

fitness-for-purpose behavior

evaluations

of crack-like

brittle

tests

is

or to

past,

such

acceptance

joint

Critical

the

discontinuities, In the

defect.

acceptable

surface

against under

could

are

of the

is popularly

or “Engineering

and cracks

Of equal

to accept

severity

standards fitness

defects

are:

such a crack.

The decision based

crack-like

those

that

joints

slag

system

sized).

welded

undercut,

inspection and

in

fusion,

discontinuities

of

found

incomplete lead

weld,

inspections,

characterized

flaw

lead

types

The

errors.

inadvertent

These

the

Because

found

is

can

even

penetration,

of

All

extent.

this

gross

usually

and cracking.

strength

weld

two primary

member misalignment

and is

are

problem. The

the

as

and

Such errors

stresses,

of the

there

discontinuities

errors

in

control

for

(multiple

defects

fracture

design

and

failure

is

welded

single

extreme

loads,

also

considered

to

0

2-

mechanics The defect

joint. possible If

loadings.

70

486-334

on fracture

and other

critical

under

based

in the

initiation,

other

loading)

are

the the

see

if

modes

modeled growth the

of

weld of the

critical

crack does

size not

could

be reached

adversely

affect

Otherwise,

the

weld is

As an example, chord.

strain)

through

The stresses

weld. analysis,

formulas

with

fracture

toughness

of

(COD) of the steels

for

values,

actually

determined then

crack

around

the

is

Welded Joints”.

checked

crack

is

cycle

history,

for

fatigue

considered

assumptions

instance,

it

is

such the

the

from the

model as used to

simplify

known that

the

the

crack

growth

displacement-limited,

occurring

around

growth

However,

experiments

show that,

the

rate

goes little

through-thickness additional

fatigue

the

crack

growth life

of

the

*By the terms “two- or three-dimensional” the stress analysis used to estimate crack tip stress parameters.

is

for

Defects

tests,

it of

in

with

in many cases,

once

increases,

leaving

Assuming

the

the

The conser-

analysis.

slowing

is

stress

analysis.

possibly or

or

fracture

expected

fatigue

model

beneficial

For stress down the

the

crack only

a

two-dimensional*

we refer to the theoretical scope of stress intensity factor and other near-

71

486-334

tests,

three-dimensional*

rapidly joint.

generic

propagation

and the

design

from

BSI PD6493:1980,

loading

above would be used,

redistribution rate.

laws,

in ductile

Levels

The

The

fracture

brittle

by the

loadings.

parame-

weld).

Charpy

for

of Acceptance

element

displacement

be assumed

single

and the

to the

with

the

slice

stress

toughness

presented

growth

in

brace

opening

criteria

applicable

crack

may be available

tip

correlations

multiple

simple

respect

COD might

Derivation

toe

of the

of fracture

as those

passes under

using

which

of

spot

flaw

acceptable.

by finite

effect

crack

measure

value

the

hot

with

The acceptance

for

crack

same two-dimensional* vative

popular

the

is

a two-dimensional

(e.g., notch

If the

weld

including

checked

from conservative

in Fusion

then

then

the

be determined

the

Currently,

on methods

example

chord,

might

for

at

consider

analyses

is

by testing.

found

to

of the

modified

The

derived

likely

generic

the

on Some Methods

the

it

crack

crack

detail

“Guidance

If

is

thickness

material.

be based

fitness-for-purpose,

a small

purpose.

material

structure.

consider

of this

this

of the

and repaired.

the

material

life

rejected

stresses

the

design

joint’s

or by conservative

brittle

might

the

The model of this

(plane

tric

in the

a

3“-’

solution

calculates

conservatively

reach

been implemented In

faster the

to

may be considered

joints,

yielding

Even arbitrary thickness, than

since

or

consists

of

material the

purpose

remaining

crack

size.

cross

crack

crack

is

often

of

plastic

be considered.

fraction

far

modes

section,

might

have

In tubular

of the

joint

more costly

to repair

either

unfit,

by a fitness-for-purpose

eval-

it

must the

be

A weld

repaired.

from

ground

out

under

the

close

assure

that

the

defect

“indication”

of

defect

to

to

is

removed at

the

a very

weld,

This

especially

size

tedious

and then

serves if

actual

slow

one time,

defect.

process,

the

possible

defect

is

corresponds

predicted

tion

the

removal

is

critical

would

programs

other

such as a certain

standard,

usually

Their

defect

be chosen,

Computer

the

a through-thickness

crack

rewelding

the

repair

joint,

and

work. is

inspection

Thus,

initiation,

be judged

absolute

the

inspectors. the

weld

an

A defect

sooner.

fracture

of

modeled

crack.

removing

reinspecting

the

automatically.

a through-thickness

the

by

size

determine

from

rates,

problems

overloading

might

a part-through

uation

to

leakage limits

Should

these

due to

or

crack

brittle

failure

instability,

growth

critical

to solve

addition

crack

the

process;

the

exposed

as an important

embedded

scrutiny

flaws

only

of a team

in

the

a thin

surface

is

layer

of the

indicated

by

in

weld.

inspected

calibration

are

found

of

of for

inspec-

ultrasonic

testing. After the

steps

ing

the

resulting attention, welds

the

weld defect

described correct

for

procedures,

weld should might

is described

the

even

has been original such

removed, weld.

as

However,

preheating,

be as good as an original be above

average.

72

~fl

proceeds

according

more attention

etc.,

can

weld and,

Inspection

below.

486-33#

rewelding

of

to follow-

be expected.

because this

to

of the

weld

and

The extra other

5.3

Inspection

In the scheme find

is

to

them

required

prevent

after for

complex Also,

fabrication

the

quality

The that

are

details

following

to

which

a welder

of

above,

tested.

in

are in the

is

needed.

investigate

the

fracture

control

are

attention

part

to

of

fracture

describes

the

details

inspection

of

procedures

“how-to-do-it”.

Such

listed.

the

full

welders procedures

(SMAW), and fill

in the

chemistries,

designed

place.

Since

groove

skill

vertical, necessary

to

may be designated

to

body of the result

and microstructure,

The API RP-2A requires

the

Charpy

toughness

~

impact

welding

in

pipeline

For example,

hand

held

heat

inputs,

of the

weld

test

of

position

the

a semiautomatic

different

V-notch

73

486-33+

using

using

to

welds.

be qualified.

weld

in

As

root

type

the

and

job.

to do the

root weld

etc.),

this

levels

by the

etc.),

the

must also

make the

procedures

fillet,

is

with

skill set

large

skill

welders

are

overhead,

prevent

special

different

levels

butt,

to

welds,

describes

groove,

themselves

propose

are

penetration

These

horizontal,

different

first

The AWSD1.1

might

Since

care

to

Special

qualifications

penetration,

special

fabricator

rates,

these

(SMAW, FCAW, GMAW, etc.)

(FCAW).

for

the

references

may be qualified.

The welding

rods

important

construction.

go into

occurring

(flat,

construction,

the

in the

or partial

welding

inspections

briefly

not

be identified.

(full

process

of

make one-sided

must

weld

does

from

skill

is

tests

of welds

and special

to

Qualifications

As stated

required

phase,

discussion

but

used,

defects

it

than

qualification Inspection

is difficult, found,

rather

may be necessary.

Welding

weld

end extensive

a weld,

inspection

error.

control

can be found

5.3:1

are

most effective

into

procedures.

joints

welds

installation

aspects

To this

of tubular

the

of defects

and welding

of systematic

overall

related

occur.

defective

In the

of construction

introduction

welders

geometries

possibility

the

they

both

when

phase

welding procedure cooling should

specimens

to

be be

removed

from

energy)

the

qualification.

of 20 ft-lbs

welds

in

actual

plate

5.3.2

Ins~ection

at

tubular

are

tion

of

qualified

and diameters

kinds:

different

that

excessive this

merges

its

examination

welds,

some sort

of NDE is

Non-destructive

ditions, sible.

meaningful

and magnetic allowed

for

electronically results

is

is

of

the

above

difficult,

issued

to

check

base

that

its

profile

material

a

without

may be useful

surface

only

to

see

cracks,

as cratering.

joints

a tubular

joint

the

outside

for

such

For

as

fillet

For

inspection.

technique

test,

other

very

and to

the

difficult. the

joint. or

fact

that

Under

these

x-ray)

are

upon two techniques, using

This

dye penetrants

the con-

impos-

ultrasonic is

sometimes

be performed.

the

most

important

ultrasonic

echoes

technicians. for

Since tubular

the joints,

74

486-334

is

(gamma ray

falls

become the

especially

of

inspections

cannot

has

In this

by skilled

to

glasses

be the

are

and

carefully.

adjoining

such

welders

easy

visually

small

examina-

weld.

hats

it

are watched

of tubular of

A third

testing

joints.

to

hard

inspec-

visual

qualified

make

magnifying

of NDE inspection

particle.

that

to

may detect

likely

process,

colored

defects

Field

likely.

from

when one of the

tubular

for

structure.

important.

assure

the

and

larger

radiographic

burden

Ultrasonic

or

geometry

accessible

So the

representative

(NDE) of the

inspected

with

examination

complex

only

is

gauges

toe,

vitally

welds

examination

a visual

is

weld

Pocket

at

to

Critical

smoothly

welds,

weld

observed

levels,

A visual

the

V-notch

weld material

in the

examination

qualification

weld

due to

be

of the welding

different

in the

is

as-deposited

should

is

Sometimes,

the

undercut.

or

is

is working.

it

purpose.

welds

observation

process

used.

welder

see

A CVE (Charpy

to be welded

and non-destructive

Upon completion, and

of the pieces

of production

The welding are

tested.

of Welds

of three

procedures

and

required

The test

thicknesses

of the weld,

welders

O“F is

joints.

The inspection tions

welds

D6

inspection of flaws

interpretation the

API has

technique are measured of the published

test a

“Recommended Practice

for

Ultrasonic

cation

for

Qualification

and Guidelines

The test angle

results

are

best

brace-to-chord

conclusive

tubular

inspection.

of Ultrasonic

plates,

ultrasonic

and least

testing

is

Structural

Technicians,”

Because

often

used

FabriAPI RP-2X.

conclusive

in K- and Y-joints.

field.

magnetic

field;

surface.

for

detecting

inspection

Flaws this

flaws

tested In

some

equipment.

deeper

for

the

no single

in

acutetest

conjunction

this cannot

Besides

tubular Here

of the

fort hese

welds welds

is with

Treatment

possibility

inherent welding

weld in

the

process

on other

is

around

the

washed

cracks

would

and

distort

particles becomes

in

the

welds

a the

dusted

less

on

effective

plate.

Typical

to be both

ultra-

in

lieu

of

inaccessible

over

the

to

metal

can be detected

one of the

and

the

testing

penetrates

visually.

However,

defects. pipe

seam

can

and

girth

be used

Typical and/or

welds

(usually

inspection

must

also

be

gamma radiation requirements

ultrasonically

tested.

call Miscel-

of methods.

would

joint

For

may be at

creating

Welds

error

joint.

joints

is

when a defective

of systematic

entire

weld

by a variety

In common practice,

it

may be used

portability).

of Defective

is that

particle

inspected.

methods

inspected

magnetic

joint

to be 100% radiographed

are

in

100% of tubular

welds,

radiographic

equipment’s

flow

found

subsurface

joint

current

are

in the

detect

the

flaws

a dye

metal,

the

be seen

when the

method,

magnetic

through

penetrants

example,

is

passed

alter

particle

dye

technique

technique the

for

Dye left

dye penetrants

inspected.

call

is

can

to this

instances,

cracks.

5.3.3

the

major

metal

distortion

For In

surface

the

and magnetic

methods:

laneous

second current

in

requirements

sonically

because

the

One drawback

the

above

joints

Here an electric

magnetic

work

of Offshore

NDE technique. For

the

flat

weld areas

by itself,

another

for

Examination

be checked

would

example,

fault.

weld

the

fit

The welder

0 (?

If to

see

up may have himself

as well.

75

found

first.

be inspected

be examined

486-334

is

and rejected, not already if

the

been

may be at The quality

the done,

problem

poor, fault,

is

or the so his

of a welder’s

work

remains

other

defects

welder’s type

nearly

constant,

are

work,

likely

so if to

he would

a defect

exist.

be disqual

If if- ed

is

too

(at

found

in

one of

his

welds,

are

found

in

many defects

least

until

retraining)

for

a

that

of welding. When checking

useful

to

should

be identified

water

have

Gulf

each

weld

since

construction

occur

due

fabrication

to

example

to the

jacket.

through

cause sion. trations

the

the the

out,

more

during

are

not always

available.

complete,

inspection

of the

to

“How” shallow

records,

as

indicated

subtle

opportunities

like

knife-edge

can

for

cracks

to

to a welding

between

the

is

a sacrificial

anode,

resulting

into

the

making metal,

local

jacket

composition This

them. in

deck

located

the

chemical

up between

weld,

and

A

the

machine

barge

set

the

initiate.

as welding

has a different

potential

obviously

processes.

ground

weld metal

slices

initiation

such

flowing

of

is to prevent

operations,

or inadequate

the

crack

procedures.

inspections

and launch

welding

structure’s

of installation

of these

causing

may be pitting

or

execution

main goal

an electric

behave

The damage

proper

a current

Since

metal,

is

transport,

offshore

create

water.

worse,

weld

and welds

Overloads load

also

can

weld

to

operators/fabricators

the

An improper

base

refer

of

on the

accidents.

is

barge

can

is

remember who made

a number

phase

control,

sensitive

prime

was done.

can usually

they

it

On typical

specifications.

or

joints,

of Installation

There are

than

of welders

different

and how each

inspectors

small

with

among

weld

or

the

are

concentrates

in the

on a

crews

of fracture

damage

drawings

platforms,

records

Once the

In terms

on the

interviews

Inspection

errors

systematic

of who made which

the

Our

detailed

!5.3.4

records

of Mexico

available. that

for

rapid

stress

effectively

can

corroconcen-

initiating

cracks. Therefore, trol, related

even

if

result

all a direct is

not

inspections correlation apparent.

of the

construction

between

the

Inspection

regulations of welds

76

486-334

(3 ff

may affect

in

fracture

and the tubular

con-

fracturejoints

for

defects

is

the

most

those

which

tions

are equally

5.4

call

for

Offshore

state

inspection

grounding

Procedures

of offshore

such

welding

as

opera-

not as obvious.

technology

and ultrasonic

Yet the

art.

for

measure.

Topics

welding

of the

control

of the

but

construction

cored

practice

fracture

important,

Two Special

of flux

obvious

ultrasonic

acceptance

criteria.

method

of joint

fabrication.

A second

topic

changing

testing

introduction

testing

defect

is

rapidly.

have

significantly

in 1980 of the

stirred

a major

Closely

related

advanced

the

API RP-2X recommended

controversy

to

The following

The introduction

this

over

criteria

is

examines

this

discussion

weld

root

the

frame contro-

versy.

during yard

transport. to

the

concern. 5.4.1

toward

Fatigue

site. of this

is

problem

is

Acceptance

Criteria

Before

RP-2X was

first

the

size

of defects

from the In

fatigue

smooth

to

bridges,

and

as

buildings.

fatigue

is

expressed,

fatigue,

the

and

design

less

Recognizing

loosely

weld

in tubular

are

fatigue Thus, are

usually

in

somewhere

between

bridges

and

specific

welds

criteria, for

the

to

criteria fill

the

on the

joint

ground

smooth

to

assume

reject

criteria

in their

the

The criteria

apply

in

77

(m

to are,

regards

to

operator.

acceptable are

are

structures

buildings

a

as-welded

criteria

offshore

by

improve

calculations

left

welds

specified

gap in specifications

I

486-334

become a

guidance are

up to the

and quantifies operator.

thus

criteria

strict

joints

the

1980,

So more relaxed

important.

fabrication

tubular

life

tubular

and building joint

in

that

AWS131.1 leaves

has

control

discussed.

surfaces

welds

The API RP-2X was introduced bridge

transport

of reject

defects.

fracture

from the

of full-penetration

the

In buildings,

to

tows

published

root

minimum weld

longer

also

Two levels

AWSD1.1.

bridges.

condition,

in the

performance,

surface

applied

API

attention

during

Weld Root Defect

AWSD1.1.

the

increased

recently trend

installation

came mainly

their

the

A current

The handling

acceptable

the

is

based

between defect

sizes

on experience

with

Gulf

of

template-type and

notch

assumed,

Mexico

type

platforms

are

tough i.e.,

quantified

the

applied

acceptable

defect

in the

root

area

versus

1/8”

x 2“).

is

How is

are

less

detrimental

the

weld.

the

root

at

actually

to

have

significantly

rather

than

root

So what criticism root

that

defect

is

experience

backed

up by further

effect

mentioned

braces. protect the

art

Second, the in

overall

alone criteria

testing

above

could

there

is

status fracture

~

in

toe,

weld fatigue

about

these

for and

not

and

practices

Specifically,

78

in

weld

is

not

of tubular

shell

passes

there

the

more critical

criteria

are

as

defects,

has

relaxing

been the

should shell

in

be

bending

compression

were designed advance

or

so gross

criteria

example,

to

weld

joints.

for

these

these

to

toe

First,

than

the

in

And third,

stresses,

criteria

effect

is pulled

passes.

justification

For

these

stresses

due

root

defect

criteria?

defects

that

fabrication

root

situations;

make root

in

to be compressive

weld

strength

enough

all

the

AWS

elsewhere

The notch

low tension,

since

area

analysis.

a feeling

control.

as the

defects

and then

tend

x 1/2”

root

effect),

also

but,

the

that defects

a

all,

brace

applied

the

is

of

When the

very

root

the

as long

controversial

acceptance

at

1/8”

key crack-driving

toe.

root

long;

(i.e.,

weld.

cri-

of the

and 1/2”

First

in the

or

at the

control

wide

than

(Poisson

by subsequently

the

defects,

all

elsewhere

shrinks

shown that, affect

that

also

relaxed

outside

2“ long

repair)

to the

stresses

relieved

to

is

what have been

greatly

API RP-2X was released,

than

than

the

1/8”

profiles

of Mexico practices.

justified?

compression,

lower

stress tests

criteria

restricted

in

residual

substantially

effectively

than

redundant

surface

Thus,

For example,

less

is

radius

placed

Second,

least

fatigue

mean brace

is

is,

fabrication

Gulf

may be up to

explanation

is often

joint

typical

root.

the

less

of

criteria

is

of

are typically

the

these

defect

as-welded

from one side.

(and more difficult

A probable

bending.

wide

method

for

it

even before

of a weld profile

is

if

That

typical

are

weld

relaxation

recognized,

root

in the

a 1/8”

has long

area

of

acceptable

this

frame

criteria

aspect

to defects

planar

tension,

The

construction.

with

and inspection

A controversial teria

and

assumed,

materials.

welding

are

design

the are

more to state

of

based

on

typical lent

quality

levels

achievable

Gulf

of Mexico

(rather

in

benign

wave load

fatigue

To understand tubular

joint

ing.

This

occur

rather

weld

welds

is

very

of root

structures

still

have

(3) the

repair

of of

qualitative to

be

extreme

and

defects

root root

defects

of comparable still

very

costly,

is

involved

and a high

In short,

they

there

no

not

unusual

that

correctly

uncertainty complex

in geome-

all

structure by

right);

and

considering

the

the

experience, criteria

stricter

are

were missed

be all

that

extensive

the

that

especially

for

they

repaired, size

num-

in installed

that

probably

need

in

must exist

has shown these

is

is

(1) significant

probability

say that

explanations, so

that,

were

would

the

completely.

indicates

detected

to

should

factor

large

size

structures

that,

(due to the

API RP-2X argue

these

no back-

be expected

difficulty

defects

method,

with

might

is

of weld

root

frame

Another

There

type

structure

fine,

defects

API RP-2X acceptable

stress-related

practices

preva-

practice

outside,

is so great

have

defect.

of the

defects

welds

to be redone.

Sea)

in the

the

difficulty

of missing

the

root

root

outside

with

the

so weld

of this

of the

all

side,

that,

may be no better.

root

tests

(and

number

need

a

numerous

inspection

large

of

proponents

if

of fabrication

or North

one

the

the

probability

(2) even

do,

weld

from

and experience

right;

the

to

repair

defects

method

recall

criticism,

In fact,

ultrasonic

Therefore,

would

be made from

size

and a high

hers

must

the

the

interpreting try),

second

conducted

estimating

frame

new frontier

this

frequently.

inspections

than

the

damage spectra.

difficult

be repaired,

using

repair

will

with

sound

and current

standards

to

be

applied. Actually in

other

defects

fields. often

The question these have the past,

this

root

will

be found

of the

been

something there

defects

new,

all

experience

refined

where

significance

detected

they

perhaps

to

in fracture

of inspection

previously

were

defects

related

to

The position

by ultrasonic

testing

defects

by the

have

exist.

raised.

Are

practice?

Or,

API RP-2X is

always particle

and

introduced,

known to

in

to be acceptable.

~ @

not

a change

control is

immediately

or magnetic

79

486-334

is

taken

by radiographic

has shown these

find

method

of these

along?

but were not detectable

and that

is

When a new or

defects they

situation

existed

that

in

inspection,

the

So, possible with

what

to

high

is

fabricate

hot-spot

technique The response

node

to (i.e.,

was to

fabricate

of the

oven for are

welded

splicing

the

braces

to

Complicated

can imagine

the

fabricated

locations

may be

chosen

on the

Second,

special

steel

Third,

a higher

forth,

when

jigs,

than

the

location

the

when the of

in

easily

of

control is

of a cylinder, this

from

both

brace

welds

are

stub

With the large root

sides only

for

from the

and

practice,

strict

drawback,

however;

unambiguous standards it

is

on the

instead

accessible

apply costlier

to than

these

spot

the

80

Those

the

girth One

may be

locations

skill,

etc.

as the

can.

welding,

and

or

special

in

ground. at

welds

a are

stresses.

inspection.

Fourth, cumbersome

made around

Fifth,

and most

weld

(The

so

less

may

be

critical

outside.) from two sides

are

root

to

nodes

(brace-to-can)

fabrication

inspection

the

ground,

longer

reduced

“Tinker-Toys.”

up,

no

from the

root

fit

or

simple

as well

PWHT is

and

weld

defects

over

ends,

eliminated.

yard.

off

welding

brace

then

First,

feet

critical

brace-to-can

with

a hundred

most

accessible

node into

can with

stubs,

of PWHT

to put the

fabrication

the

in

from the

are

assembly

away from hot the

context,

to the

method.

in

surfaces;

The

tubular

problem

is

preparations

fabricated

without

paths

separate

assembly

possible

is working

welds

and then

availability,

is

not

practice, large

of a can and the

final

be used

assembly

the

the

Sea

as a “node” 4),

this

steel

can

welder

accessible

the

of

of two cylindrical

important

of

than

basis

level

circumference

eliminate

other

North

as building

from

root

weld

to the

and edge

result

in the

The solution

chords

structure

load

(PWHT) of

Field

and the

ups

of the

a smaller

intersection

fit

advantages

in

can.

stubs

field

in

connections

the

in critical

treatment

(Figure

“t

node method.

a node consists

to

the

assembly

Several

heat

and chord

PWHT. Thus,

which

welds.

weld

be moot were

defects

originated

brace-to-chord

stubs ,

large

thicknesses).

braces

likely

those

is known as the

post

plate

the

such

fabrication

for

would

especially

, without

of

need

large

main lengths

joints,

possible

method

the

joints

tubular

this

The point

argument?

stresses

making

a large

the

since

welding

possible.

So,

defects. frame

it

The node method.

is

possible

from the in

North

method

has

to back Sea one

Thus, of

weld

stage

is

and

defects,

eliminate the

the

the

largest

set

for

knowing

that

The

argue

rationale

alternate

with

root

defect

rejection

experience the

is

Mexico?

made.

about

Thus,

damage imposed

5.4.2

to

can

opponents

of

against

criteria

to

back

and forth.

part

Its

it.

be all

right. So have

which must be answered

criteria

are

outside

design

operation,

of

and its

of the

Gulf

of

have

been

regarding

acceptable

the

of

of fracture

Gulf

in

certain

environment

assumptions

aspects

of the

and elsewhere,

fitness-for-purpose,

and other

outside

here,

fatigue

criteria

years

rate control

fatigue

which

may

The investigation

of Mexico.

probably

In the lation

for

loads,

such

conditions

past,

design,

loads , causing

attitude for

aspects

has the

the

and A full

as simply

another

in

in some

transport trend

upon

areas,

pitch,

was

in

con-

dismantling,

thereby

transport

is

design

treatment

including

fatigue

@)

part

as other

loadings,

and heave), With the

81

486-334

perhaps

failures found

a current

frontier

design

were not.

structure,

been during

same treatment

individual roll,

fatigue,

structure.

of the

is,

barge

changed,

is

(and,

and atten-

exposing

risk.

roughly

That

(e.g.,

for

was considered

receiving

as launch. expected

fracture

to

have

initiation

there

tows

concern

Occasional

Cracks

important,

especially

transport

concern.

fracture.

longer

site,

this

of increased

and crack

most

toward

to greater

an area

motivated

involving

installation

structure

been

installation,

practices the

Transport has

have

after

And,

struction

this

occurred,

soon

suspected.

During

factors

have

structures

mission

these

areas

Control

recent

transport

port

for

Several

this

which

continue.

In

repeated

argue

argued

dislike

exists

probability,

criteria

been

a natural

fabrication

high

relaxed

its

by wave loads,

Fracture

tion.

these

respect

“purpose”

be suitable

and debate

the

very

to be asked

structure, into

the

are

with

the

built

levels,

from)

of

shown these

has

question

how suitable

As discussed

assumptions

not

Due to

criteria.

future,

risk

has

criteria

The most important the

a method

defects

that

behind

controversy.

weld

API RP-2X relaxed

proponents

the

trend

recognized

the

construction most extreme

were considered, toward as

may be given analysis.

of instal-

longer an

but tows,

additional

to the

trans-

On the and

after

directed

rather

than

toward

the the

more attention

has

such

been

for

plete.

is

out,

can visual

the

to see

An awareness ture’s

Iife

has

to

long

subject for ’short developing

case

It

is

a long fatigue

form

combined,

structure

growing

will

that

performed

tow

spots

plus

route.

the

sea

as

diagram

aboard

the

And after

it that

is

severe

com-

loadings,

for

fracture

control

to

be only

a quick

this

phase

particularly

true

areas,

but

of

a struc-

of structures it

A sophisticated

fastenings

addition,

the

analysis,

to

be

is also

example

North

Pacific

the

dynamic the

the

response

states

fatigue

true of the

damage

at

and added

is

expected is

each to the

limited hot

spot

West

in which

would be necessary. barge

to

and plathistory

performed

for analysis

to a Miner’s is

carried

damage expected

is

be encountered

a deterministic

fatigue

U.S.

The loading

analysis

(alternatively,

the

in Japan,

of the

design.

sea

on

be built

the

of

installed

might

across

A spectral

In

the

in

to Frontier

platform

of

or

fatigue

is

some degree.

part

Damage due to transport

inservice

likely

problems This

the

be, used). less.

carried

gener-

intact.

platform

including

the

launched),

time

now be described.

analysis,

along

inspection is

the

installation

the

rough water

one month,

by a scatter

until

of potentially

next

barge,

is so important

a series

lately.

over

described

“impossible”

control

hypothetical

is

is

of installation

is

to

it

has

the

(between

equipment

an inspection

fracture

anticipated

tow,

A full

the

of Mexico tows

a

is

that

tows across

Consider Coast.

control

to

and instrumentation.

rest

and launch,

of

practice

valves,

such

time

during

attention

structure

transport

installation

after

been

Gulf

and the

the

control

the

site

well

if

tying After

of the

And then

fracture

itself.

lines,

speed

not until

place.

check

to

fracture

transport,

take

paid

has been low in priority

the

fastenings

intended

as hydraulic

an inspection

load

is

launched,

So it

sea

its

control

transport,

structure

reaches

structure,

fracture

During

toward

structure

ally

end,

transport.

been

the

inspection

over

all

hot might

sum of 1.0 over

to

the

the

life

of

structure. Such fatigue

important important

general to conduct

analyses

have

conclusions such

been

performed

from

those

an analysis

for

analyses a long

82

4$6-334

for

0

%’

tow.

various

platforms.

are

follows.

as

Knowing the

Some It

character-

is

istics

of

the

temporary

the

particularly transport

design

of

those

near

likely

but

fatigue

structure

comparison further

in

optional

the

platform

Verifying

should

tie

the

number

downs

probably

and

the.

barge

to

of

the

joints

little

in

barge.

wave loadings is

flexibility

Transport

be considered.

significant

tows

area special

sensitive

future next

are

and

are

and

fatigue the

may

structure,

However, resisted

interaction

involved, inspected

attention joints.

may be made to with

vital,

since

the

by different

between

transport

fatigue.

protected

transport

is

inservice

when long

visual,

used

the

there

and inservice

intermediate

a

and the

systems,

Finally,

be

supports

loadings

framing

the

to

structural

control

fatigue

barge

is

its

and

inspections

is

Structural

paid

to

important

installation,

integrity

a more detailed given

in

Integrity

of

Section Outer

may be taken

The inspections major

and provide

most

joints

and

survey

a baseline

surveys

description 9 of the

to an

are

a complete

Post-installation

inspections.

section

structure

there.

After

check

the

are

of

of for

treated

required

and

“Requirements

for

Continental

Shelf

(OCS)

Platforms.”

5.5

Principal

References

1.

American Petroleum Institute, “API Recommended Practice Designing, and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms:” “Installation Forces;” Section 3, “Welding;” Section 4, “Installation;” “Inspection,” Section 5, and Section 6, Thirteenth Edition, Dallas, Texas, January 1982.

2.

American Petroleum Institute, “API Recommended Practice for Examination of Offshore Structural Fabrication and Guidelines fication of Ultrasonic Technicians,” API RP-2X, Dallas, Texas,

3.

American Welding Society, “Structural Third Edition, Miami, Florida, 1979.

4.

American Welding Society, Miami, Florida, 1976.

5.

Marshall, P.W., H.F. Crick, and P.T. Marks, “Welding and Inspection,” Chapter 27 in The Design of Fixed Offshore Structures, edited by B. McClelland, to be published by Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1982.

“Guide

for

Welding Steel

Code - Steel,” Hull

Welding,”

for Planning, Section 2.4, “Fabrication;” API RP-2A,

Ultrasonic for Quali1980. AWSD1.1-79, AWSD3.5-76,

6.

Marshall, P.W., “Experienced-Based, Criteria for Tubular Structures,” May 1982.

7.

British Standards Institution, tion of Acceptance Levels for 6493, London, 1980.

8.

American Bureau Installations,” (Draft ) 1982.

9.

Us.

Fitness-for-Purpose AWS-WI Conference,

Ultrasonic Reject Atlanta, Georgia,

“Guidance on Some Methods for the Defects in Fusion Welded Joints,”

of Shipping, “Rules for Building and Classing Special Committee on Offshore Installations,

Geological Survey, Integrity of OCS Platforms, Conservation Division-OCS October 1979.

Offshore New York,

Requirements for Verifying the Structural U.S. Geological Survey especially Section Platform Verificatio~ Program-Order No. 8,

10.

Institution of Civil Engineers, Fatigue in Offshore Structural ed. by J. R. Smith, H. O. Crisp, N. A. Randall, and F. Sterry, Telford Ltd., London, 1981.

11.

Burnside, O. H., et al., “Long-Term Corrosion Year Assessment,” U.S. Coast Steels -- First Southwest Research Institute, August 1981.

84

486-334

DerivaBSI PD

Q ~L

Fatigue Guard

Steels, Thomas

of Welded Marine Interim Report by

6.0

CURRENTPRACTICES: The fourth

major

offshore

structures

aspects

of operation

received

the is

practices

described of

is

structure

considered here

practice.

followed

varies

an

cracks

from

questions

important

repaired?

and

however,

principal

by the

the

degree

from

operator

advances

addressed

during

When they

occurring?

during

are

activity

How are

control

cracks

operation

steel

the

many

repair

have

the

subject

elements

industry to

of

the

and form the

which to

of

the

standard

operator

and

from

found? are

in this

operation? do

occur,

And what

being

section: What

is

how are

aspects

reconsidered

Why is fracture done

cracks

to

assessed

of conventional

due to

prevent

recent

and

fracture

experience

and

in technology?

Philosophy

The primary risk*

ditions

of of

structure (or

control

is

accidents

the

other

as

In with

and

necessary,

*Risk equals summed over

their repairs

it

control

structure must

was

be

during

in the

designed

to

protecting

collisions)

damaged

the

exist,

preserving

the

significance

structure

of

integrity evaluated

the of

before

when the

design

conditions,

conditions,

from damage, operating

are

when fracture

either

conditions fracture

structure: they

minimize

conditions,

structure, the

to

Two con-

and damaged

Under

is

environment.

routine

or due to normal

conditions

operation

offshore

considered:

may be present.

with

boat

fracture

the

damage)

concerned

corrosion).

of

structure

(e.g.,

concerned

goal

operating

exists

cracks

found

The

accepted

considerably

fixed Of

inspection Here,

sense.

However,

for

to structure.

control

the

control,

uniformly

control

installation.

literature.

a wider

are

fracture

after

fracture

in the in

to

operation to

attention

The following

6.1

related

their

related

a standard

practict?

activity

is

most

operation

basis

OPERATION

due to (e.g.,

control

cracks

must

be

dangerous,

and

if

must be made.

probability all possible

of failure times failure events.

85

the

loss

is

as a consequence

of failure

To these the

ends

inspection

high

more likely

cracks

the

structure.

ation,

be found cracks

are

an operator

has,

and the

of

that

able,

the

depending

6.2

might

on his

Current

the

6.2.1

the

the

necessary 6.3,

other

initiate

crack’s

is

doing

“fail-

inspections

to

risk is

risk

different

the

repair

short-term

of

riskiest

by changing between

of oper-

option

the

routine

several

types

procedures

and

crack

operation

the

to be the

effec-

on the

routine

minimize

the

between

a repair

the

may prove

during

operation

of cracks,

impact

find

on the

steps.

Inspection

avail-

long-term

fixes

can

and Monitoring.

into

the

any cracks

that

may

structure,

and take

and monitor

integrity

The task

be divided

of

of the

finding

The other

cracks

tasks

are

is

discussed

discussed

in

below.

O~eration

structure

control

aspects

are mostly

damage during

from

and

falling

initiating

cracks.

procedures

written

protection

system

due

These

can

or inadequate

concerned

pieces

for

of the

occurring.

operation

collisions

Improper

redundant

and low level

changing

the

chose

formation

The fracture

and

(1)

trade-off

Besides

practices

remedial

Routine

offshore

goal

The third

often

control

assess

Section

the

and the

Practices

minimize

start,

But for

cost

needs.

Fracture tasks:

can

but

will

may be

members may be more cost

of avoiding

be done.

operator

crack,

First,

inspections

more it

small.

between

that

choice

mode may be best.

the

ruptured

circumstances,

operating repair

still

to consider.

periodic

may not be dangerous,

on the

in certain

for

level,

or even

Remembering

trade-offs

chosen

while

trade-offs

no repair

a repair,

important

inspection

cracks

there

doing

the

will

large

Second, (2)

and amount)

small

aimed at finding

and

(type

The higher

structures,

tive.

are three

level

or low.

safe”

there

the lead

can

with

routine

operation

minimizing

As discussed to

of

accidents

or

equipment

are

be avoided

in

of a fixed

high Section

improper

common examples

by closely

observing

Improper

maintenance

to

damage,

including

maintenance

of appurtenances,

86

486-334

D (?

2,

such

cracks, cracks

maintenance.

structure. corrosion

stresses,

steel

of crack

can Boat

of

accidents

the

operating

the

cathodic

initiations.

as cathodic

protec-

tion

sleeves,

can lead

through

the

avoided

by closely

structure,

Another manding”

of

forms

to

risk

important

hurricanes

associated

of

with

the

they

have

aspect

large

control

well

In the

Gulf

enough

in

falling

damage can be

measures

routine

evacuation

advance

the

most

are also

operation

or “de-

of Mexico the for

plat-

lowers serious

the

conse-

important. are

close

the

substantially

by limiting

during

such

is the

a platform

avoiding

Not all

specifically

for

of cracks.

of routine

initiated.

Again

operation

failure

risk

supports,

procedures.

De-manning

Other

from their

damage.

storms.

be predicted

structural

aspect

impact

of routine

for

development

The last

detaching

operating

evacuated.

fracture

minimizing

the

can

of failure.

aspects

objects

causing

structure

be safely

quences

and

following

of the

passing

to these

This

is

operation

discussed

is

the

below

monitoring

in Section

of cracks

6.3,

after

Inspection

and

has been found

in

Monitoring. Suppose the

for

structure.

integrity

of Cracks

There

four

are

integrity.

effect

of the effect

is

steps

on the

the

damaged

action

must

in

evaluations,

the

joint

element

to

that

of

of the

crack’s

crack

impact

impact

on struc-

must be determined.

structure.

A fifth the

a crack’s

member must be studied,

on the

determine

of the

measures.

evaluation

upon.

a crack

evaluation

or structural

be decided is

the

remedial

and location

crack

of

discussion

now with

in

The size

remedial such

of this

and with

Evaluation

tural

the

rest

The concern

on structural

6.2.2

the

Finally,

step,

which

cause

of

cracking,

are

of

primary

with

a

is

The as must

a course often if

not

of

included already

known. The length

of

however, evaluation construction

size a crack

and

location

of

surface

crack

can

depth

cannot

(NDE) techniques inspections,

be have

ultrasonic

the be

crack

determined

measured been

from

applied testing

photographic

photographs.

underwater. has

gained

importance.

survey;

Non-destructive As is

in

The

the

popularity.

case

in

With

ultrasonic

methods

the

in

the

of plastic

NDE is

certain both

use

crack

circumstances, surface

The assessment

sis.

The analysis

tion

Defects.

of

The a fracture

by a fracture might

a tubular

joint

fatigue of

life

analysis

rapidly

at

mainly

the

of

function

the

of

crack of the

Due to fatigue

the

life with

of

crack

size

difficulties a crack,

assumption

that

strength

of the

“damaged”

structure

offshore

structures

are

one or more braces

(beyond

overloading

Then

collapse. redundant

without the

structure

as-designed cumstances

is

ultimate a

the

load

new fatigue

So the

critical

if

the

growth

crack,

the

while

the

life

analyFabricamay

may also

that

the

be be

critical

fracture; to

fatigue

and,

strength

crack

rate

for

repair

ultimate

of

size

for

for

the

purpose

has

accelerated

life,

a

comprised

may be a very

small,

critical

effect

or the

is then

evaluated. they

member,

can

So the that

of

the

the

weak

analysis

for

usually

usually The

most fixed stand

structure

is the

diminished

the

loss

of for

structure strength

to of

the

to

the

In some cir-

measure. “damaged”

steel

analyzed

strength

ultimate

the

and the

has separated.

Since

relative

size

structure

push

diminished

some other

crack

on the

joint,

levels)

of or

structural

life

or conjecture

of the

measure

strength,

note

on the

predicting

ratio

fatigue

of a crack

much difficulty.

relevant

The

costly

redundant,

design

the

fracture

very

growth

the

highly

brittle

may be judged

analysis

the

crack,

definition.

in

the

for

a definition

slow

the

5.2.3,

brittle

a critical

and

in Section

than

However,

initiation

or

other

effect

of

“open”

joint

However,

understood.

size

critical

crack

analysis.

may be merely

Under

crack.

impression.

on the

by criteria

analysis.

helps

from the

analysis.

the

of the

innovation

known as a fitness-for-purpose

the

crack

yet

defined

stress

same as described

mechanics

not

tensile

effect

mechanics

Also, is

performing

begins

the

a through-thickness critical.

an impression

is also

be determined

therefore,

get

crack’s

are

A recent

be estimated.

measurable

potential

estimated

example,

are

the

steps

by

size

to if

has initiated

evaluated

crack

molds

and depth

it

can also

especially

length

member in which

depth

structure

is

in

order. Once the effect must

of the be made.

effect

of the

damaged element Should

the

crack on the

crack

on the

joint

structure

be repaired?

or structural have

been

If yes,

member and the

assessed, then

a decision

how should

it

be

It

repai red? repairs

may add

understood

choice

which

of

cle

risk

the

must

risk

the

tion not

already

this

the

is,

that

only

the

risk

to

cost

however,

neering

without should

repairs

The decision not

analytical--’’engi

structure That

obvious

to quantify.

sometimes

predict

the

included

a determination

Such an analysis

be

may also

repair

and the

of each

choice,

this

judgement”

if

and

could

locations

the

crack

identify of other

appears

of a crack

calibrates

as a fifth

is made of the

the

appearance

performance

decision

being

the

is vehi-

cause

generic possible

in the

crack,

if

problems

with

the

This

cracks.

as an indicator

fracture

potential

evalua-

of the

in an unexpected

serves

the

step

for

step

spot.

So,

of the

struc-

other

in

spots

in

structure.

Repair

6.2.3

The

of Cracks

repair

of

a crack

expensive,

potentially

comparable

repair

done

avoid

such

operator

to

from starting ing

the

tive

is

rigs,

(i.e.,

operation greater

e.g.,

docked,

least

First,

enough,

they

radius,

without be,

size

can

is

operators the

of the

by

be repaired

486-334

than

the for

the

rigs

grinding

the

for

the

cracks

or by justifyThis

operators

can

for

than

the

cracks.

incen-

of mobile

be regularly

dry-

repairs. chosen

or large?

definition

extremely

incentive

etc.)

procedure

small

is

by preventing

water,

by grinding.”

89

great

selection,

mobile

simply

A functional

thus

either

repair

crack

joint

more expensive

repairing

in calm shallow

repaired

rewelding.

without

the

underwater

of magnitude

material

because

must be made, often

“one that

design,

platform

elevated

an

when possible,

structure

fixed

is the are

in

There

land.

repairs

semisubmersibles,

or at

factors.

on dry

through

for

offshore

one or two orders

of the

When a repair

thus

less

consider

the

structure.

As commonly practiced,

is

important

context,

ture’s

that

and thus

especially

is

in

analysis.

known.

structure,

It

therefore

analysis

of cracks;

crack

of the

analyses.

than

decision

the

operation

of each.

more intuitive for

the

leaving

is more difficult

A failure

is

to

that

above

repairs

also

often

obvious

from the

add risk,.

but

is

If cracks

them of

A large

depends

out

a small crack

with

on many are

small

a

large

crack is

might

generally

considered

to

be

anything

through-thickness part-through

cracks

work,

the

repair

factors

the

of the

Thus,

apply

less

removed

always

underwater stress

from

repaired underwater to

highly

stressed

is

material

back

tubular

region

so as

toughness

not

offshore

only

the

structure

joint

in.

repair

operation,

the

A recent clamps.

These of

in terms

often

is

it

joint

are

is

such

entire of

and

problem water.

involved,

and

price

are

than

nodal

is

paid

in

a more

in

part

proportional

far

joint

produce

(This is

not

the

than

for

higher

the also

The are

away from the

node

in risk.

variability

The

which

duration:

the

material,

otherwise

degree

weather their

dry.

repair.

would

position

not

However,

the

rewelds

is

a normal

welds, enough

of

(or node)

while

precarious

to

opportunity

themselves.

that

but

to

the

a way as to

the

be a problem

of

to do,

low quality

circumferential

lower

difficult

prevent

to

to complete

to

repair

surrounding

structure

not

favorable

by the

in

is

weld,

are

quenching

the

joint

important.

is

into

due

be

of confi-

ldhile

the

node

than

with

the

the the

risk

longer

of the

is.

development

a cracked

out

are

that

rewelding

and inspected

left

operations

clamps

raised

node

confidence

do

stress.

the

joint

to

precautions

less

rewelded

control

Also,

riskier

weld

of money and time, is

a

then

a high

Of course,

cracked

small,

required

special

is

is

more

but

time

available

that

a leg

itself

the

perhaps

required.

out,

Large

than

especially

required

precautions

and

is

is

rapid are

requires

if

point

and residual

structure

placed

do than

necessitating

chord

repair

and the

this

of

welds to reconnect the

easier

is

repair

window,

unusual,

or wet-backed

especially

node

dence,

to

the

Underwater

special

wet

The crack

operation.)

not

options

concentration

the

feasible,

brace

crack.

repair,

last

precautions

Among the

geometric

is

possibility

special

A more reliable be

This

other

the

unless

the

weather

difficulty.

of

and brittleness. to

given

of the

the

rewelding

increased

because

water.

through-thickness more costly

cost

be made properly.

However,

part,

the

conditions,

underwater

required.

in

a

significantly

include

diving

can

For example,

because

are

than

cracks.

Other the

bigger

in

tubular

joint

prefabricated with

repair

onshore

good clearance

to

is fit

between

the

90

486-334

C-9 o ‘“

the around inside

use

of

the

grouted

brace

of the

and clamp

and the which

outside are

the

bolted

clamp

the

tubulars.

together

This

is

poor

of the

repair

of a joint

clamps,

of

with

joint.

etc.

joint’s

stiffness,

the in

does

allowing

the

load

live it

cracking high

must also

mitigate

is

higher

over

the

use

fit

the

the

repairs,

risk

making of this

than

node

or

of

stress

good.

into

crack

the can

the

example,

immediate

temporary

season

rough

braces

repair

weather,

is to

4$6-334

high

design

of the con-

affects

a

It

may

example,

reveal

a year

this For

example,

brace

without

to

which

any problem,

temporary

a severe

and perma-

fatigue

A permanent

Thus,

the

permanent

reduce

the

cyclic

to

the

structure

get

means

path.

solution.

adopted

grow

by removing

loads.

be made between

to

crack

a redundant

load

be added

doesn’t

and may now be seen

fail-safe

91

problem

fixed.

Typically,

be removed

solution.

be fabri-

research

as it

the

might

be followed

The

of the

is

as long

“repair”

cracking.

often

itself

or

analysis

of the

can

how a clamp

extension.

be a temporary

cause that

to

original

should

failure

only

crack

Another

a joint

they

new and

crack

concentration in the

without

can be inspected. the

crack

tubulars

geometry

joints,

a small

appropriate

friction

friction.

that

relatively

joint

is

of

up due to out-of-roundness

clamped

with

is

to the

still

to flow down another

Should

the

of

Sea

The immediate

by steel-on-steel

fit

mean that

some distinction

rewelding

for

North

confidence

clamps

to

of

always

much load

repairs.

require,

complete

short,

snugly

respect

clamped

more harm than

the

with

may have beerr used

too

friction

difficult

can

to

in place

of clamps

not

of

Finally, nent

are

Then

sources

may bring

over

and how the

of

do relatively

to

between

window is

an advancement

held

performance

fatigue.

plates

weather

and the

fabricated

tolerances

structure

cause

for

important.

annulus

grout

developed

lower,

is

are

clamps

long-term

“Repair”

gusset

clamps

The use

on

removing

but

clamps

tinues

the

similar,

much looser

tubulars,

larger

repair

grouted

Friction

be that

consequently

clamp

These

advantage

most

Then the

strength

and the

in two pieces,

and replacement.

are

an annulus.

cated

is

grouted

which

operation

underwater

joint.

high

are

speed

The

with originally

conditions

repair,

filled

cracked

was

diving

removal,

the

procedure

the

repair

The clamp is taken

around

and tubulars

operation. where

of the

or more later

problem, solution repair

stresses.

by the

may An

through permanent

a

6.2.4

Non-Routine Crack

repairs

ator.

Non-routine

chosen

instead

associated

are

might

is

removed ciated

offshore

work

and

the

platform

for

The hazard

must be a part

is to inspect

crack,

rather

especially is

introduced

detail

in

Platforms

the

nothing

would

pollution

be

be

cracked

storage

operating

might

strucmight

hazard

case

by the

be

asso-

personnel

de-manned

the

platforms

otherwise

more closely

of

the

failure

above

is

more

an fre-

during

routine

cracked

platform

result

tolerable,

another

and monitor

the

actions.

analysis

is

construction.

or whether

In this

of the

rest

growth

of the

to determine it

way,

of the can

Examining

inconclusive. help

remedial

approach

This

can also

of fatigue

performance

is a stable

the

crack

be the

whether defect

may serve

as

structure.

Monitoring

of inspection

National

procedures

Research

and Risers”

No. 8,

discussion

during

and

The subject

any the

of the

Inspection

than

or

structure

as the

sometime

risks such

Even doing

oil

the

the

platform

and fractographically

growing

measure

6.3

rather,

if

metallurgically

high

divers),

of the

example,

to

to ariy nearby

small

take

valuable it

is the

than

may be

considerations.

crack

measure

the

to

risk.

reducing

danger

storms)

posed

of these

When the

Order

smaller

(e.g.,

operation

For

thereby

storms,

the

risk.

If

of the

In ligh’

repair

oper-

in some cases.

with

the

failure.

during

repair.

to the

operations,

routine

way to minimize

associated

platform,

threat

another

of action

hazard

a cracked

(i.e.,

or not

course

from

operations.

crack

best

reduce

increased quently

best

to

underwater

be the

ava+ lable

measures

changes

sup~ lement

a good way to

with

is,

or to

be the

Removing

that

repair

of

may occasionally

at all

on” y remedial

not the

operation,

with

options

ture

Operation

(1979)

especially

and the

Section

is,

therefore,

on the

integration

Council

not

and requirements report,

“Inspection

OCS Platform

Verification

9 under

“Requirements”.

on

“how to”

the

of inspection

with

fracture

C3 /d y

dealt of

Oil

of

control

with

inspection, plans.

in

and Gas

Program,

The emphasis

aspects

92

486-334

is

(ICS

of this but

The

task

of

structure

can

inspection

program

find

cracks.

tion

of the

special

is the

Second

6.3.1

types

most

there

Mexico

are

have

if

The critical

structure

the

to condi-

and (2) on

might

be contin-

uncertainty

connected

several

independent

each other.

for

the

operator

and joints

inspection

schedule

fracture

these

merits

and,

is

each

implied

other

above,

condition

accomplished every

year. joint

or more years). followed

One philosophy the

were

critical

five

philosophies

while

as

the

not inspected (e.g.,

on

inspections

review

such that

control

concentrated

inspection

intervals

comb,”

to

are

inspections.

a “fine-toothed

above These

some underwater

two different

comb” approach

before the

order must

with

means

appropriate

for

mentioned

structures.

at

they

cracks

by grinding

inspected usually

inspected

“fine-toothed

made to catch

In

check

installation

combine

an

by Gulf

approaches

uses

a “broad

may provide

the

brush.”

beneficial

combined.

joints

repaired

to

of

specifically

to

Given the

components

a rotated

independent

synergism,

the

installed

backbone

structure

soon after

report

offshore

some cases,

operators with

Council

of

critical

is is

inspections Both

check

important

In

but all

There of

can be used to

the

inspections

health. policy

Research

a structure.

or component

general good

inspection the

Instead,

of the

the

Inspections

periodic

annually,

inspection

(1)

in

First,

And fourth,

is

started

sub-tasks.

more general

its it

which

The National

of

may have

may be conducted

inspections,

considered

four

periodic

to check

Periodic

the

that

when warranted.

monitored

inspection

in

and third,

structure

many

cracks

be considered

occasions,

uously with

finding

early

or other

to

find

first

be

a water

can

become

in their minor

“small” cleaned

jet

is

and wire

designed

development.

the

marine

cracks

at

least

100 mm (-4”)

long

on the

cracks

at

least

30 mm (-l”)

long

can

is,

These

surface

growth Then,

surface

be detected

93

small

cracks

in

attempt

is

can then

be

the

cracks

methods.

cracks,

brush.

find

That

dangerous.

repair

of

to

of

the

(down to according

bright to

can be detected reliably

joint

being metal),

some experts, visually,

by non-destructive

and

examination Sea).

(NDE) (magnetic

Other

size

that

time

practitioners

is

detected

consuming;

examined

are

each

with

eventually which

joints,

their

inspection

more

high

optimistic

a

annual

joints

for

to

fatigue

inspect lives,

or

twenty

inspection.

the

this

pessimistic

to

five

time

on

of

their

convenience

North

on the

crack

extremely

joints

can

joints all

years.

b sed

in the

are

thirty,

t< me so that

every

each

for

The particular

each

example,

used

Such examinations

few,

may be rotated

examined,

is

probability.

only

a typical

inspection

decide

are

therefore,

during

during

particle

the

examined

critical The

be

joints

operator

importance

may of

inspection,

or

the other

criteria. The “fine” ators

to

It

has

the

But,

it

and regulators.

repairs joints

less

expensive.

to inspect The

designed

to

and are

and when.

second

examination

has

approach

generally

a

great

These

cracks

more costly

severely

cracked

quickly,

as

compared

checked

during

every

a

other

that

uation

of historic

Gulf

of Mexico

practices.

water

NDE methods

were

developed,

typical

is

based

typical

on sounder Gulf

cracks where examine

so it

possible. they the

are

cracked

joints

be through-thickness

cracks,

assumes

structure

examination the

can

entire

the

than

be considered

that

the

is

safe

be

done

joint with

structure

Before practice

braces.”

just

to merely the

a

fairly can

be

However,

to avoid

be absolutely

necessary

experience so the

at the

has

shown

“fine-toothed

right

time,

94

if

have the

expensive

may not

that

be a contin-

sophisticated

might

can tolerate

486-334

is

by visual

structures

expected,

It

approach.

easily

redundant

And two, not

wrongly

“count

reasoning

of Mexico

much difficulty,

might

to

knows which

period.

approach

down periodically

operator

makes the

detected

the

visual

The “broad”

divers

Sea oper-

which

brush”

are

NDE techniques,

inspection

the

The approach

and a

“broad

generally

repair.

Since to

by North

warning,

that

which

must

cracks

joint.

of

cracks

to

for

adopted

of early

assumes

more

big

tolerance

also

been

is a drawback.

is

relatively

alone.

has

advantage

This

approach

find

inspection

been

“broad”

to

big to

find

cracks

send

approach one,

inspections: cracks

without

the

smallest

usually

comb” approach at all.

under-

might

occur not

These sophies the

two

in Gulf

sparsely

for

clear, combined

optimally.

of

the

visual

6.3.2

both

fine

and broad is

particle

Ins~ections

Special

inspections when there

example,

accident

an

structure severe

storm,

by the

periodic

inspection), When a

procedure

used

6.3.3

should

be whatever

basically Gulf

positioning

at

unless

foregoing

inspection

is

construction for

recent

installation.

by Section

its

a survey

site

general is

trend

the

a

a full

subjected

occurred.

mudslide,

else

a

for

to

in the

the to

common sense

may

particularly may be

structure

(by the

structure.

inspection

find

For Or the

cracking

“similar”

warranted, appropriate

is

site,

9.2.7

the

of the

broad

the

measure,

complete

than

(see

OCS Section

it

and

that

helps

486-33;

the

method

kind and

and

of cracking is

structure during

final

Verification

commonly

inspections

9.2.7.5).) inspect

establish

(@)

Divers

as

soon

load

field has

described examine

some critical a baseline

as

out,

tie

erection

is

Program.

overstressing

the

and may closely

of

inspection

OCS Platform

indicate

because

survey

installation,

less

condition

useful

interval

inspections

may have

on another,

(A very

inspections far

elements

Survey

after

required

a

be

have occurred.

Or a potential

found

is

could

have

are

periodic

damage might

somewhere

is

joints

usual

earthquake,

is

programs

seem

of Mexico.

An important

down,

the

overloading.

inspection

does

and

inspection

collision

of cracks

It

techniques.

that

an

or by cracks

each

between

no comprehensive

disadvantages

some of the

to

boat

experienced

Post-Installation

possible

a

special

in the

only

indications as

detection

This

suspected. practiced

are

or some other

indicated

and

in addition

such

may have

in that

is

philo-

ground

be mixed.

Sea inspection

NDE inspection

and other

S~ecial

North

and

dominant

middle

should

advantages

approach

the

moment there

two approaches

conducted

be warranted

At the

most

are

The potential

today.

have

Indeed,

inspection

magnetic

how the

that

approaches

populated.

deciding

however,

both

inspection

of Mexico practice

two appears

rationale

operational

However,

occurred, above the

this at

structure

joints. condition

the

Such of

the

structure

as-built.

is

when it

found,

installation crack

in

helps

Cracks

be identified during

while

in turn

initiated.

can

initiated

fatigue

This

as

transport

service;

the

answer

the

initiated

question

during

such.

As noted

should

be different

later

being

of,

when a crack

transport,

before,

the

from

a more

launch,

and

treatment

one

serious

of a

initiated

(i.e.,

by

ongoing)

problem. Thus, It

plan.

this

recent

provides The initial

reasonable

confidence.

inspections 6.3.4

the

a comprehensive

which

the

and growth

Of course, should

crack

into

against

the

periodic

examination

fracture

can be

can be monitored

techniques

with

control

inspections

of a crack

be compatible

indications

those

used

used

in the

with in

the

periodic

are to be compared.

Monitoring A number of structural

oped

with

the

structure, niques

goal

versus also

ambient measured structural in this measured the

of

the

have the

Of the

to

well

appearance

survey if

fits

a baseline

compared.

post-installation

trend

to

any

stiffness way is that

to

In these changes

small

as a crack

properties

tolerance,

arising

structural

redundancy.

equipment

operating

monitoring

is

structure,

the

until that

in the the

noise

potentially application

small and

a useful of this

the the

general

the

signal

to

vibration.

96

be

for

been done on

joint

while

checking

the

to small

crack

modes are

to

a loss

must be

difficulty

to

is

cracks, the

may be ambient general detection

of

cracks

stiffness

against

detected

So

technique

in development.

of the

tech-

detecting

This

structure

control,

tool

be due with

a

activities.

vibration

structure’s

separates.

of

Monitoring

most work has

might

devel-

“health”

diver

natural

which

being

the

today.

One problem

joint

protect

from displacement The

time

of

and risky

methods,

from cracks.

changes

grows

costly studied,

over

currently

review

available

reduce being

resulting

are

a continuous

techniques

methods.

techniques

“snapshots”

potential

detect

same

providing

periodic

various

vibration

monitoring

due

i.e.,

cracks

and

masked

by

vibration health is

of a still

A related individual

technique

braces.

and a change

its

end restraints,

not

been

early

as

that

redundancy;

have to be to cause A third grows,

it

sitive

listening

level

of

and the a

major

more

it

is

reliability

problems

moment,

this

one

well

also

as

sensitive

is

less

a crack

detectable

with the

type

the

ratio and

is

local

equipment

overcome

normal

and

of material

ambient

to

sen-

rate

low signal-to-noise

from

would

When a crack

the

interference

of

ringing.

including

struggles

(some

it

created,

As with

has

factor

signal

the

filtering.

diver

monitoring

activities

is

technique

the

use

directly

welded

to platform

coupons

may be

constructed

of

and ideally

should

monitored

region

up the

full

fatigue

performance

from ensure

load

of the

the

that

the

placement

pre-crack the

production

and

which pre-cracked

near

critical

same

material,

be attached environment

structure

such

These

including

welds,

is

not

specimen as

the

affecting

the

As can be seen

It

affect

6)

so as to pick

attached.

complex.

elim-

Figure

hot spots.

without

does

not

(see

spectrum it

if

specimens

structure

are

a coupon

reduce,

to the

to which

procedures

of

could

is

important

to

the

integrity

of

member.

is

difference

of

then

purposely

equipment use

the

connection

maximum weld

monitoring

of

structure

corrosive

7,

supporting

through

and

Figure

The major

than

the

which

method

emissions. are

of

noise.

inate,

the

of

stiffness

how large

which

the

a limiting

in the

acoustic

the

vibration

a time,

of

when struck,

new technique

still

change

measure

At the

degrade

uncertain

emissions)

after

as

at

on many factors,

growth.

An innovative

the

still

The quality

even

is

modes

“ring”

ambient

detectable to

depends

techniques,

global

one brace

checks

devices.

vibration

a relatively

it

(acoustic

vibration

is

reliability

also,

local

result when cracks

equipment

noises

of crack

the

own characteristic

This

is

obstacle,

drilling

its

a confidently

emissions, rate

has

will

technique

makes

measure

joints.

Because

structural

to

much as the

indicate

technique).

to

ringing the

studied

tests

this

Each brace

in

its

is

set

defects is

coupons

the

in the

problem

varying

which

crack

size,

97

486-334

coupon

so as to be larger expected

another of

between

0

0

and the

structure

is that

and much more likely structure. must

The reliability

be overcome.

a very

to grow

accurate

of

In theory, reading

of

/--3

T c .-o g m

Crack Weld

/8” PL

1

_

z a

● y

Crack

3

“m

L

metal \\

Detail (plan

A

Detail (edge

view)

J

/’ B

view)

Figure 6. Location of starter cracks in in-situ precracked panel specimens. From Failure Analysis Associates report, “Development, Design, and Installation of In-Situ Corrosion Fatigue Gage.”

,~ (

FaAA-83-6-2

486-334

~

a 3

.& t

diameter

pipe

Precracked

Reaction

Preload

plate

block

yoke

specimen

I

1

J

I

0000 a) 0000

I

0000 0000

I

0000 0000

)

-1

1

1

0000 a) 0000

-1 I

1

i

I

~

1 1

I

I

F gure 7. Schematic of precracked plate specimens. report, “Development, Design, and Installation of

i

al

I

n

n

H

I

From Fa lure Analysis Associates In-Situ Corrosion Fatigue Gage.”

J

n

damage accumulation

could be achieved.

It is our understanding

from informal

interviews, however, that when this technique was tried by a consortium of oil companies

on

cracking

Gulf

of

Mexico

in the coupons.

platforms,

the

initial

results

indicated

no

It is speculated that this lack of cracking is due

to a combination of a relatively benign wave load spectrum in the Gulf and/or the use of cracks in the coupons of less than optimumal severity.

Thus, the

idea may still be practical and good although additional information would be needed

to

separate

the

individual

effects

upon

fatigue

damage

of

loading

spectrum components, corrosive environment, and, unless several materials were used, of material properties. by clever placement load

component

environmental

(Even some of these variables could be separated

of the crack coupons so as, for example, to minimize one

while

maximizing

effect

would

another.

include

Possibilities

greater-than-normal

for estimating protection

the

against

corrosion for selected specimens or, even the use of a material unaffected by the environment for selected specimens, i.e., stainless steel.) Most other monitoring techniques being studied emphasize the limitation or

removal

of diver

remotely operated

submersibles

control

fracture important

activities;

the

instance,

divers

might

or remote sensing devices.

perspective,

aspects:

for

be replaced

However,

by

from the

all

monitoring

techniques

share

the

continuous

(or almost

continuous)

scrutiny

same

of the

structure and the capability to survey the entire structure.

6.4

Discussion As

considered

in this

steel offshore structure control

plan.

Recall

report,

the

operation

of the

installed

fixed

is the fourth and last major activity in a fracture that

the

other

three

activities

identified

are the

selection of material, the design of the structure, and its construction. four

activities

are

interrelated

in terms

of fracture

control

considered together in a comprehensive fracture control plan.

Al 1

and must

Therefore,

be

some

of the issues raised by recent reconsideration of operating practices bring in question some long-held tenets which formed the bases of many fracture control plans.

The following discussion attempts to tie together a few of the inter-

100

related

aspects

of the

four major

activities.

The discussion

will address

these aspects in terms of the evaluation and repair of a discovered crack and the inspection of the structure to find such cracks.

6.4.1

Evaluation and Repair of Cracks The

four

integrity

steps

in the

evaluation

(see Section

6.2.2)

are performed

the situation

and the operator.

of a crack’s

impact on structural

to varying degrees

depending

on

A survey of the crack must be performed

in

all instances, but the visible surface length is probably sufficient information for most operators.

The evaluation

of the crack’s impact on the joint

and on structural integrity is often based on experience, not analysis. most

notably

factors.

and rules of thumb,

And the decision to repair is influenced by “external” factors, liability

and

insurance,

not just

the

“internal”

engineering

So, in many cases, if not most, the analytical process described in

Section 6.2.2 is followed only in outline, at best.

Few cases will see full

analytical treatment. The newness of the fitness-for-purpose experience

with

experience

is

more

serious

interpretation

it are partly

responsible

analysis and industry’s lack of

gained, more of a trend toward its use is expected. drawback of the

is the

uncertainty

results difficult.

As

for its lack of popularity.

of the

calculations,

The technology

Perhaps a which

makes

is currently

rela-

tively unsuccessful at predicting the ductile failure and ultimate strength of a cracked tubular joint. specified

directly

or

The fracture toughness inspected

for,

adding

(COD) of the materials is not

to

the

uncertainty.

And

the

growth of cracks in tubular joints is not understood to a sufficient degree. So, the fracture potential joints are basically

and fatigue

engineering

difficult to interpret properly.

life calculations

judgments

for cracked tubular

at this time and are, therefore,

These judgments

can be improved with more

research.

In light of the above, the engineer would be likely to go immediately to the

structural

separation,

integrity

analysis:

the crack

is assumed to cause joint

and a strength analysis can be performed.

101

4$6-334

0/3

But then the question

is, what is the necessary strength of the structure? asked by the designer:

This echoes the question

HOW much redundancy is enough?

So again, the inter-

pretation of the results of an integrity analysis is uncertain.

The engineer

is likely to resort to engineering judgement and rules of thumb.

For example,

braces near the waterline of these

is probably

are primary shear transfer members; a crack in one

serious

and should be repaired.

mudline or at depth are fundamentally

But,

braces near the

redundant; cracks here are less serious

and could probably be tolerated. So, a crack is often repaired automatically ing judgement” factors

also

and a formal influence

ically, the

influence

risk analysis decision

the

In terms of liability and litigation,

These

liability,

from an unlikely,

likelihood.

environment

These

which

are, specif-

and litigation.

it seems likely that a court would find involving a structure with a known

but arguably

foreseeable,

both would have been judged a priori by state-of-the-art same

Rut “external”

the “act of God” accident is easier to defend than

crack, than one without; one stemming

insurance,

liable for an accident

the operator more

is not performed.

to repair a crack.

regulations,

of

because of “good engineer-

“external”

heavily

favors

factors the

contribute

automatic

fracture,

even

if

analyses to have the to a decision-making

repair

of

the

crack

as

a

remedial measure. This

attitude

favoring

automatic

decisions are often the result. actions

repair

is unfortunate

because

poor

Not only are repairs made when other remedial

(e.g., non-routine operation) might be more economical, but the total

risk picture

might

be worse

with

the

repair

than with

other

actions.

To

illustrate, consider an incident related to the authors by one of the survey’s interviewees.

A

crack

was

decided to repair the crack. consideration crack

discovered

in an

offshore

platform

No risk analysis was performed

and

it was

(or less forma 1

given) to compare the risks of operating the structure w+ th the

unrepaired

to the

risks of

repairing

the

crack.

The type of repair

chosen was to cut the node out of the framing, raise it to the surface with a crane working over the side of the platform, and reweld the crack on the deck. By luck or design, this turned out to be an unfortunate crane was

overloaded

and pulled

off the deck

102

486-334

0

W

choice, because the

into the water.

As the crane

fell, it hit the structure and knocked out at least one brace. the “repair” operation was a structure Either have

no action,

The result of

in much worse condition than before.

a less risky repair, or some other remedial action should

been taken.

But,

apparently,

the

influenced the operation negatively. but it illustrates the potential

rapid

reflex

Admittedly

reaction

to the

crack

this is an extreme example,

risk that must be considered in any decision

to repair a crack.

In terms of a comprehensive the problems of the evaluation are

nearly

the

What

same.

fatigue life is necessary? is enough?

is the

fracture

residual

strength

of a cracked

fatigue life of a tubular joint?

How much strength is enough?

These are all questions

comprehensive

control plan, the objectives

and

and repair of cracks and of the design process

What is the residual/total

joint?

fracture

tubular How much

How much redundancy

relevant to both evaluation and design.

control plan must address these questions

A

and provide

answers consistent with the fracture control philosophy.

6.4.2

Inspection A comprehensive

opment

fracture control plan should also integrate the devel-

of an inspection

especially

In

design.

scheme with developing

all other

an inspection

fracture

control

scheme,

activities,

it is important

to

determine what size cracks the inspection should be designed to find. As described

earlier,

there

are two periodic inspection

philosophies,

designated here as the “fine-toothed comb” and “broad brush” approaches. success

of the

correctly

approach

“fine”

predict where

depends

on the

ability

of the

operator

The to

cracks are likely to initiate at any given time and Recent experience

upon the reliability of the inspections.

has demonstrated

that operators are not very successful at making these predictions.

Further-

more, the authors have received comments from the American Bureau of Shipping to the effect that they do not generally accept the reliability of ultrasonic testing crack

for underwater

depth

magnetic

after

particle

a

crack detection, crack

inspection

has

been

but recognize its use in determining

located.

has performed

In

fact,

in the

North

Sea

better than ultrasonic techniques

for underwater crack detection, since the typical crack has a surface or near-

103

4$6-334

@

surface location and because of the difficulty to the level required by current ultrasonic were

told that

increase

the

improved

methods

applicability

of

devices.

are underway ultrasonic

in cleaning inspected surfaces During an interview we

(funded by the MtvIS)which

inspection

for

underwater

may

crack

detect on as opposed to crack sizing. The experience with the conductor bracing of North Sea platforms, mentioned in Section 2.3, is an example of the inability to predict where cracks

In this case, the fatigue loads were not predicted well enough

might occur.

and the anticipated

fatigue

lives were

In

over-optimistic.

retrospect,

the

cracking might have been predicted with the proper analysis had current design practices

However, using overly optimistic

been applied.

fatigue lives as a

guide for inspection schedules, the conductor bracing was not inspected soon enough

to

catch

the

fatigue

cracks

while

they

were

still

small,

thereby

defeating the purpose of the “fine” inspection. The general experience of offshore operators is that cracks often form where

they

are

illustrates,

not

often

anticipated.

catch

these

inspections,

“Fine”

unanticipated

cracks

Some operators are therefore

already large or not at all.

Instead of concentrating

use of such inspections.

only

as

the

after

example they

are

reconsidering the

the inspection

on only a

few joints each time, they reason, it would be better to look for the larger, easily detectable

cracks over the entire

structure.

If large cracks are at

least temporarily tolerable, then would not a “broad” inspection, which would find

the

unanticipated

cracks,

be preferable?

approaches would be appropriate:

Perhaps

a blend

of the two

“fine” inspections for locations identified

as “fracture critical,” and “broad” inspections for the rest of the structure. A comprehensive fracture control plan should thus identify where “fine” inspections

are necessary

design

phase

parts.

The

controlled.

is

the

material

and where

logical and

point

“broad” inspections would at which

construction

of

to

such

identify parts

suffice.

fracture

should

be

The

critical carefully

In designating a part “fracture critical,” both the likelihood of

fracture

and its consequences

fracture

control

activities

should must

be taken

then

into consideration.

be integrated

fracture control plan.

104

486-334

Iu 0

into the

All four

comprehensive

6.5

Principal

References

1.

American Petroleum Institute, “API Recommended Pratt’ice for Planning, Designing, and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms:” Section 7, “Surveys,” API RP-2A, Thirteenth Edition, Dallas, Texas, January 1982.

2.

National Research Council, “Inspection of Oil Risers,” Marine Board, Washington, D.C., 1979.

3*

Marshall, P. W., “Strategy for Monitoring, Inspection, and Repair for Fixed Offshore Platforms,” Proceedings of the Conference on the 13ehavior of Offshore Structures (BOSS ‘79), London, 1979.

4.

Marshall, P. W., Crick, H. F., and Marks, P. T., “Welding and Inspection,” Chapter 27 in The Design of Fixed Offshore Platforms, ed. by B. McClelland, to be published by Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1982.

5.

Tebbett, I. E., and Robertson, D. A., “Novel Underwater Strengthening System for Tubular Joints,” Proceedings of the Offshore Technology Conference, OTC 4110, Houston, Texas, 1981.

6.

Marshall, P. W., “Fracture Control and Reliability for Welded Tubular Structures in the Ocean,” presented at the 9th NATCAM, Ithaca, New York, June 1982.

7.

U*S. Geological Survey, Requirements for Verifying the Structural Integrity of OCS Platforms, especially $ectl on . Geological Survey Conservation Division-OCS Platform Verification’ P~ogram-Order No. 8, October 1979.

8.

Wade, B. G., J. L. Grover, and G. R. Egan, “Development, Design, and Installation of In-Situ Corrosion Fatigue Gage,” Failure Analysis 1979. Associates for Shell Oil Company, January

105

486-334

0 //7

and

Gas

Platforms

and

7.0

COMPARISONOF CURRENT PRACTICES The development of offshore petroleum resources in the North Sea became

an

important

influence

on worldwide

offshore

practices

during

the

1970’s.

Since fatigue was such a major problem during the early development, there has been

considerable

interest

in

fracture

Much of the full-scale fracture-related European

laboratories.

Through

control

among

North

Sea

operators.

research in the world is conducted by

documentation,

codification,

and

research

publications, the North Sea standard of practice has become established as one of two main approaches to fracture control of fixed steel offshore structures, the other being the Gulf of Mexico standard of practice. International

offshore practices tend to fall then into two types:

Gulf of Mexico type and a North Sea type.

a

The type of practice followed in a

particular location is affected by the type of offshore environment

(Gulf type

versus North Sea type), who the operators are (American versus European), and the time at which offshore development began (before versus after the 1970’s). For instance,

in the Persian

Gulf, the Gulf of Mexico type standard

expected:

the

development

began before the 1970’s.

environment

is mild,

the

operators

the major operators are European, and development agencies

ties,

and

While in the Tasman Sea (New Zealand),

the North Sea type of standard can be expected:

ties to classifying

have American

can be

the environment

is severe,

began in the 1970’s.

Local

(e.g., DNV, Lloyds, ABS) also influence the type

of practice. This Gulf

final

of Mexico

aspects

that

section

of the

type of standard

affect

fracture

summary

of current

practices

compares

the

practice with the North Sea type for those

control.

Other

relevant

aspects

of worldwide

practice not typical of the Gulf of Mexico or the North Sea will be mentioned where appropriate.

The section is divided into three major parts.

deals with differences in the offshore and operating environments. treats the current

practices

in the four major

fracture

control

The first The second activities,

and the third discusses the selection of fracture control plans for frontier areas.

106

486-334

(@j

Offshore

7.1

and Operating

Environments

As summarized in Figure 8, the environments, both the physical offshore environment

and the financial

and regulatory

(philosophical) operating

ronment, have played the major

roles in establishing

control practices.

fatigue

include the great water

loading of the North Sea has already

depths,

the cold temperatures,

tances from land, and the short weather window

the large dis-

for offshore construction and

In other offshore environments, other hazards, such as

inspection activities. earthquakes,

fracture

Other contributing factors in the North Sea offshore environ-

been mentioned. ments

The severe

the different

envi-

mudslides,

and

ice

may

loadings,

affect

the

fracture

control

plans. aside, there are two aspects

The physical environment environment first

that

aspect

have

affected

North

is related to the

Sea

fracture

risk of operations

to the operating

control

practices.

The

and the

second to regu-

lations. First, the risk aspects: the thousands

of offshore

Compared to the Gulf of Mexico where most of

structures

are in relatively

than 300 feet), many North Sea structures These

structures

are expensive

shallow water

are major deepwater

to build and to replace.

(less

installations.

Thus, the economic

consequences of a single platform failure, or even of a major repair, col,~ldbe devastating

to a North Sea operator.

the

of experience

length

operating

Also, compared to the Gulf of Mexico, in the North Sea

is much

shorter.

The

uncertainties are therefore higher, increasing the probability of failure at a given

level

of

loading.

Thus,

the

total

risk

(cost

of

failure

times

probability of failure) could be much greater were not the North Sea operating companies extra conservative in their designs. Second,

the

regulations:

pounded by the conservatism the Federal

government

the

conservatism

of the operators

of the North Sea regulators.

requires verification

is com-

In American waters,

of a platform’s

design,

fabri-

cation, and installation through the OCS Platform Verification Program. program

requires

standards

the

platform

of practice;

to be designed

for ingtance,

tubular

107

486-334

0

/(9

and constructed

This

to acceptable

joints are to be designed

by a

OPERATING

ENVIRORIMENT

I I

I NORTH ●

*

SEA

GULF

European Offshore

Severe fatigue loading from wave spectra



Deep



Far

.

Short



water

o Cold temperatures from



land

weather



post

1970



Deepwater installations are expensive to build and to replace. (Can’t afford loss). Shorter length of experience = higher UnCf3rtaintY= greater conservatism

Relatively benign environment and fatigue damage from wave load spectra. Shaliow

design

window ●

American Offshore

Clperators Development:

Specifications (DNV Rules and U.K. DOE Guidance) are required by government and insurers

Warm

water temperature

Close to land (for demanning) Operation and inspection is possible all year

1970

PHILOSOPHICAL



Cheaper frame construction is possible. (Loss is more affordable).

9 Years of operating experience= less uncertainty = less design conservatism ●

API, MMS, ABS rules, etc., are not blndlng regulations. (However, OCS piatform verlflcatlon program does conta!n blncflng regulations.)

Certification and periodic recertification is required for insurance

Figure 8. Differences between the operating environments in the North Sea and the Gulf of Mexico.

pre (

/ PHYSICAL

PHILOSOPHICAL

PHYSICAL



Operators Development:

OF MEXICO

of fixed offshore platform

procedure

comparable

to that

set forth

in the API RP-2A recommendations.

third party reviews the design, verifying the design process.

A

The operator is

required to submit general information to the government, such as a summary’ of the

fatigue

Service,

analysis,

and

the

issues a drilling

government,

through

The MMS

permit.

the

Minerals

requires periodic

Management

inspection

of

the structure during its life.

In

comparison,

norske Veritas’s required.

in the

North

Sea

adherence

“Rules” and/or the UK Department

Acceptable by

to the much of Energy’s

stricter “Guidance”

Det is

design practices for these waters are specified in much

greater

detail

these

Further,

a certificate

documents

of fitness

than

by

their

American

counterparts.

is issued by the government

(i.e., either

the UK or Norway) after the platform has been installed, which must be renewed periodically are

(every five years,

at present

made

for the

Rigorous inspection requirements

or sooner).

recertification,

although this

practice may be

changing in favor of one more like that required by the MMS.

Thus, government

regulators building

and their

and

agents

operation

currently

of North

Sea

play a much more platforms

than

active

in the

role in the

Gulf

of Mexico

platforms. Thus, potential develop

the extreme

conditions

risk, and the strict a

discussion

of the offshore environment,

regulatory

cautious

approach

continues

next with the major differences

Mexico practices

to

environment

fracture

control

the higher

have combined

in

the

North

to help

Sea.

The

between current Gulf of

and current North Sea practices and describes

how the envi-

ronment has helped create these differences.

7.2

Major

Differences

Figure

in

9 summarizes

Current

Fracture

the subject

Control

differences

Practices in practices

between the

North Sea and the Gulf of Mexico platforms.

7.2.1

Material Selection

It

was recognized early in North Sea development that the toughness of

the materials used is important in controlling transition

temperature

(NDT) is especially

fracture.

important because of the low ser-

109

486-334

A low nil-ductility

n

~LI

FRACTURE

CONTROL

1

1 NORTH .



Emphasis {selected

on

material

GULF

SEA toughness



Less experience with COD testing (and material fabrication), since material toughness is not as important in the Gulf environment.



Lighter, template-style platforms - 8-legged pile foundations (Long predictable weather window; no need for speedy installation)

for COD properties)

Heavy, large-diameter legged towers - 4-legged pile type foundation (can be installed quickly within short weather window) - 4-legged

tower

is less redundant

- More ●

Tower has larger, more fatigue-sensitive - PWHT necessary - Node

method

legs

offer

more

redundancy

joints - Cheaper

to fabricate

of construction ●



OF MEXICO

‘Fine-Toothed Comb” Inspections - Platform is permanently manned - Inspections are limited by environment (weather, water depth, sea conditions).

Joints are smaller, tess - PWHT not necessary - Allows



frame

method

of construction

‘Broad Brush” inspections - Platform can be demanned - Environment rarely or inhibits repair.

Figure

fatigue-susceptible

limits

9. Differences between current fracture control practices in the North Sea and the Gulf of Mexico.

,..

inspection

vice temperatures

experienced

It is significant that the most severe

there.

storms occur in the North Sea when the water temperatures are the coldest, but in the Gulf of Mexico the hurricane

season occurs during warm months.

Thus,

the most demand for toughness, (for the North Sea) is placed on a material when its supply is lowest, while the reverse is true in the Gulf of Mexico. European ductile

research

materials

has

opening displacement

and

development

resulted

in the

selection

(COD) properties.

Sea have seen COD testing

of fracture

toughness

of materials

measures

in

for crack tip

Recent platform designs for the North

explicitly

required by specifications

and regula-

tions. To

obtain

cooperation

these

material

properties

of the steel making

to satisfy

this

when

assurance

contracting of

toughness

basis,

required.

as have the Japanese.

in this, but are gaining.

U.S. operators have reported difficulty tests

regular

with

steel

then

must

the

close

European

steel

have the necessary experience with COD

requirement,

makers have had less experience

a

industry has been

makers supplying North Sea fabricators testing

on

American

steel

In contrast, some

in getting even simple Charpy impact in

makers be

some

attempted

developing

through

other

countries; means--for

example, through correlations with strength testing. The wide spread use of COD testing is one of the most explicit fracture control measures used in North Sea practice.

7.2.2

Design Fixed

than

their

operating

steel structures Gulf

of

companies

Mexico

designed

for the North Sea tend to be heavier

counterparts.

For

platform

designs,

North

Sea

seem to favor large diameter legged towers over the tem-

plates found in the Gulf

region.

These

differences

affect fracture control

through the redundancy of the structure and the size of the joints. Foundation

design

North Sea environments. limited.

is one of the main

reasons towers

are favored

for

Due to the short weather window, installation time is

Pile groups clustered

around the four

111

486-334

a

23

mrner

legs can be installed

quickly, because the driving equipment does not have to be relocated for each pile.

This

leads to a four-legged Other

self-floaters.

tower-type

considerations,

such

design and, in some cases, to

as

fabrication

costs,

are

also

important. The framing of a four-legged tower tends to be less redundant, as there are fewer

braces, than

an eight-legged

Thus, the

Gulf of Mexico template.

loss of a single brace in the structure has a more severe effect on the tower’s structural integrity.

The tower is therefore inherently less tolerant of

cracks. The large diameters of a tower’s legs necessitate large tubular joints. These

joints

are thickened

further

of dynamics

and fatigue.

The resulting joints are both large in diameter and in thickness.

Detrimental

size effects’ then come into play: stress)

of tubular

joints

by the effects

the fatigue strength

decreases

(measured in units of

as their size increases.

They are also

more difficult to fabricate. Fracture

control

Sea platforms. in combination

is therefore

affected by the typical

design of North

Tower-type designs result in lower structural

redundancy and,

with more fatigue content

fatigue-sensitive

joints.

in wave

These structures

load spectra, larger, more

are less tolerant

of cracks than

are the template type structures typical of the Gulf region.

7.2.3

Construction The

heat

large joint sizes used in North Sea structures

treatment

development

(PWHT).

of the

As

discussed

node method

of

earlier,

this

fabrication.

require post-weld

requirement

From the

led to the

fracture

control

viewpoint, this has several advantages.

First, the node can be fabricated in

a more controlled

a higher quality

environment,

the critical joints. welding

and

defects

at the

brace-end

for

of fabrication

for

Second, access to both sides of a tubular joint weld for

inspection root.

assuring

is

Third,

possible, special

stub when extra fracture

allowing

material

resistance

better

control

can easily

is necessary.

be used

4gfj”334

0

p

for the

And fourth, the

node method shifts the weld stress away from the node intersections.

112

over weld

Thus, the predominant use of the node method of fabrication, especially for critical joints, has several advantages in limiting initial defect size.

7.2.4

Operation The

structures

inspection

philosophy

is to find small

“fine-toothed

comb”

for the

cracks

approach

to

periodic

before

they

inspections

inspections

can become

is

of North Sea The

dangerous.

followed,

in

and,

fact,

required by regulation. There are two major operational reasons for this inspection philosophy. One

is

that

the

platforms

are

permanently

contingents than those in the Gulf of Mexico. large storms occurs

and

structural

is often impossible the

distances

failure are much

reason is that limits

large

the

because

inspections

accessibility

to

are limited

of

critical

and

with

much

larger

Evacuation of the platforms for

of the short notice before a storm

land

higher than

manned,

bases.

So

the

consequences

The second

in the Gulf of Mexico. by the environment.

joints

to

diver

of

The water depth

inspections,

and

the

short weather window for diver activities limits the duration of those inspections.

So the operator must make use of very limited resources. Under these circumstances,

emphasizing

a careful

it is logical that an inspection philosophy

inspection of the joints most likely to develop cracks

is used in the North Sea.

7.3

Discussion North Sea

severe

demands

practices

have thus

on materials

(crack

ities and precision not

particularly

consequences, Gulf

a

of Mexico

environment,

evolved

resistance),

and necessitates

tolerant very

the

In the

attitude

limits inspection

towards

face

of devastating

fracture

on the other hand, have evolved design

cracks in a region that produces

of

that

places

opportun-

the use of structural designs that are

cracks.

cautious

practices,

enabling

of

in an environment

structures

that

are

control

failure prevails.

in a more benign very

tolerant

of

little stress and low failure consequences.

113

Both

practices

remember

that

have

advantages

each

is

a

and

disadvantages,

product

of

its

but

it

is

environment,

important physical

to and

philosophical. Perhaps the most exciting question is the

best practice

international

for new

frontiers?

As mentioned

before,

is, what

the

current

practice is to adopt one of the two main approaches, either in

whole or with small modifications. choice

in fracture control today

is not made

and

wisely,

This can clearly be inappropriate

could

in fact

be dangerous,

if the

especially

if

fracture control provisions are taken out of important context. For

example,

consideration. tempting

to

hurricanes,

consider

If the

follow

the

a

fatigue Gulf

region

where

environment

of Mexico

occur without warning,

earthquakes

are

is relatively Rut

practice.

so evacuations

an

benign,

important it may be

earthquakes,

are not possible.

unlike There-

fore, a risk analysis would show the risk of platform failure to be more like that

of

the

North

Sea

situation.

The

control plans depends on the individual

effect

of

platform’s

earthquakes

on

fracture

location and response and

is an area which requires further study. The choice of which fracture control practice to follow, or the design of

a comprehensive

fracture

fracture control mentioned

control

plan,

in this report.

must

address

all the aspects

of

Starting with the basics of frac-

ture and fatigue, the fracture control plan should integrate the practices in material selection, design, construction, control must be considered

and operation.

as a part of the entire

Ultimately,

fracture

risk of an offshore pro-

ject; the risk of fracture must be weighed against all other risks.

7.4

Principal

References

1.

Det norske Veritas, “Rules for the Design, Construction Fixed Offshore Structures,” Oslo, Norway, 1974.

2.

United Kingdom Department of Energy, Petroleum Engineering Division, “Offshore Installations: Guidance on Design and Construction,” Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, London, 1977.

114

486-33#

I 2L D

and Inspection of

3.

U*S. Geological Survey, Requirements for Verifying the Structural Integrity of CICS Platforms, especially Section 9, U.S. Geological Survey Conservation Division-OCS Platform Verification Program-Order No. 8, October 1979.

115

4$6-334

Q

X7

DISCUSSION OF AND RECOMMENDATIONS

III.

IMPROVEMENTS AND FUTURE

1.0

FOR

RESEARCH

INTRODUCTION Most of the recommendations

research and technological current

practices

made in this section for new and follow-on

development

performed

for the

derived from the literature Summary

II).

(Section

survey of

In stating

the

current state of affairs or reviewing present technology, many of the authors interjected critical comments and suggested new work and directions. the

project

these

“recommendations”

and

identified

trends

were

Early in

marked

and

filed for future reference. Added to these, tions during

made the

by

the

telephone

as the project

designers

and

fracture

interviews.

opportunity

to

discuss,

often

behind many

of the recommendations

progressed,

Here

“off

control

the

the

were comments

authors

record,”

prevalent

and sugges-

“generalists” of this

the

contacted

report

reasons

in the literature.

viewees directed the authors to other literature and specialists

and

had

an

concerns

The interin the field

for further verification and discussion, and out of this process and their own experience

the

authors

have

come

up with

Sections 3 through 8, following.

116

the

recommendations

presented

in

2.0

ELENENTS

2.1

Scope

AND RATIONALE

and Method

of

FOR A FRACTURE

CONTROL PLAN

Documentation

In this section a summary of Survey Tasks 2, 3, and 4 identified in the Introduction

to

the

report

(Section

I) is presented.

For

convenience

we

restate these tasks below:

Task

2: Identify the essential elements and rationale of a fracture control plan to provide a framework which could eventually evolve to a fracture control plan for fixed offshore structures.

Task 3:

Identify areas where existing technology would suggest cost-effective improvements in current practices.

Task

Identify promising areas of technical research which would provide a sounder basis for fracture control of fixed offshore structures.

4:

Based Subcommittee

upon discussions and

the

with

Committee

and suggestions

on Marine

from the Ship Structures

Structures,

documentation

of the

above three tasks will comprise the following outline form.

2.2

Outline The

described,

fracture and,

specialties,

control

if necessary,

such as materials

plan

element

will

be

Elements

justified.

identified,

will

briefly

be technical

sub-

and design, rather than functional categories,

as detailed, for example, by Rolfe and Barsom in their extensive discussion of fracture

control.

Those

fracture control as: (2) establishnmt tiveness

identify

(1) identification

the

basic

design of

methods

specific

functional

elements

of

of factors contributing to fracture;

of their relative contribution;

of various

(4) recommendation

authors

to minimize

design

(3) determination

the chance of fracture;

considerations

safety and reliability against fracture.

of effec-

to

ensure

and

structural

We might employ such a breakdown of

functional elements for a specific application but have found it more convenient to

define

elements

as technical

subspecialties

survey.

117

for the

current

broad

A.

Summary of Status

A short

statement

of the current

element

is given with

status

of the

fracture

control

reference to the Task 1 summary, as appro-

priate.

B.

Relevant Documentation

Reference is made to codes, specifications, concerning

the

identified

element

and other documentation

in general

usage by designers,

builders and operators of U.S. fixed steel offshore structures.

c.

Recommendations

The

for Use of Existing Technology

authors’

recommendations

for

cost-effective

improvements

in

current practice related to the identified fracture control element are given.

Emphasis will be placed on those areas where existing

technology

has

evolved

from

efforts

to

control

and

prevent

failures.

D.

Recommendations

Technical

for Future Research

research

areas which

may

provide

a sounder

basis

or a

more effective or less expensive procedure for fracture control of offshore

structures

recommendations be

on

will

be

identified.

As

opposed

to

the

section, emphasis in this future work section will

development

technology

of

rather

than

application

of

existing technology.

Distinction this report, operating

those

company

between

C

items

that

and

D

could

is

not

be

or could be implemented

always

invoked

easy.

unilaterally

by consensus

Those items requiring further development

is practical are considered

“Future Research”.

118

4$6-334

(@J

purposes

of

by a platform

(e.g., API RP-2A) or

regulation change (e.g., USGS “Requirements”) are considered Technology”.

For

“Use of Existing

before implementation

With these distinctions, those

recommendations ti ons

(e.g.,

that Ship

for sponsorship

seem appropriate Structures

Committee)

fall

by research organiza-

into

the

future

research

category. The above outline cusses

the

itself.

integration

of

all

fracture

control

material

selection,

design,

construction,

Within these sections, the recommendations

categories: testing;

1) data

3)

specialists; impact. dation

elements

as

Section 3 disan element

in

Sections 4 through 8 break down fracture control into its technical

elements: tion.

is applied in Sections 3 through 8.

2) experimental

evaluation/development;

5) education,

training;

and opera-

fall into one or more of six

base development/evaluation;

analytical

inspection,

4)

research,

procedures/guidelines,

and 6) detailed inspection/analysis

for

These categories sometimes overlap, and in these cases the recommenis placed

bined.

in the

Of course,

control element.

most

general

category

not all of the categories

Each recommendation

or the

categories

are

are needed for every

com-

fracture

is first stated simply and then elabor-

In many cases the elaboration results in a set of closely related

ated upon.

recommendations that support the main. For ease in future reference, a three-character been

devised

technical tion,

for the

element

(F for integrated

1.

first

character

identifies

.



the

selec-

I for inspection, and O for opera-

The second character identifies whether the recommendation

of existing technology

2.3

The

scheme has

fracture control, M for materials

D for design, C for construction,

tion).

(1,2,

recommendations.

cataloging

is for use

(E) or for future research (R), and the third character

.) identifies the specific recommendation.

Reference

Rolfe, S. T. and J. M. Barsom, Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures:Applications of Fracture Mechanics, Chapters 14 and 15, especially the list of four basic elements of fracture control on page 415, PrenticeHall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1978.

119

486-334

(@

3.0

INTEGRATEDFRACTURE CONTROL The

appears

definition

and

method

to be an issue almost

of

documenting

as large

fracture

control

plan

as any one of the single technical

elements within the plan and has, therefore, itself.

a

been isolated as an element unto

Our best short definition of fracture control has already been given

in Section 1.2 and is repeated here for convenience. rigorous turing,

application

of those

and operations

branches

technology

Fracture control is the

of engineering,

management,

dealing with the understanding

manufac-

and preven-

tion of crack initiation and propagation and member failures leading to catastrophic failure of the structure.

3.1

Sunmary

Status

of

.

The above definition of fracture control was accepted or “tolerated” by a consensus

of those

interviewed.

One level down from a global definition,

the five technical elements (material selection, design, construction,

inspec-

tion, and operation) in Section 2.2 are identified as being part of a fracture control plan. been

Further, an overall goal or philosophy of fracture control has

identified

in

terms

of

three

lines

of

defense

against

catastrophic

failure:

1.

Prevent cracks when possible.

2.

Contain or tolerate growth of those cracks not prevented.

3.

Contain a fracture within a part or tolerate the part if a crack should grow critically.

Explicit clear-cut

documentation

status.

Aside

of fracture

from some

feeling

portions of the OCS Platform Verification references provide an excellent fracture

control,

only

explicit

written

fracture

control,

control

loss of

as defined

that API RP-2A,

above,

has no

the ABS Rules,

Program, and other more specialized

start to documenting

one entity,

the

a major plan.

some of the elements of

oil company, However,

appears to have an

the

elements

of

an

integrated fracture control plan exist implicitly within the offshore industry through two media:

120

486-334

@=’~’

1.

Use of experienced, competent engineers who may be called fracture control generalists. Such engineers, who may or may not also specialize in one of the elements of fracture control, take it upon themselves to ensure that any aspect of one of the elements of fracture control is examined for its impact upon other fracture control elements.

2.

Team efforts of engineers in the various fracture control subspecialties responsible for ensuring that all aspects of their specialties are considered in the context of the other technical elements of the overall fracture control plan.

Although designer,

the participants

or fabricator,

pursued appears to

be the

in these media may come from the operator,

a key factor

in how vigorously

attitude of the operator

fracture control

(who eventually

is

bears the

cost).

3.2

Relevant

Documentation

The following U.S. documents have been cited as containing either rules or recommendations that encompass several fracture control elements:

“Rules for Building and Classing Offshore American Bureau of Shipping, Installations,” Special Committee on Offshore Installations, New York, 1983 (The 1982 Draft report was used in preparation of this report). American Petroleum Institute, “API Recommended Practice for Planning, Designing, and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms,” API RP-2A, Thirteenth Edition, Dallas, Texas, January 1982. Geological Survey, Conservation Division, “OCS Platform VerifiUnited States cation Program,” Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C., 1979.

Publications which make specific recommendations for the development of industry-wide fracture control planning (or plans) include the following:

Bristoll, P., “A Review of the Fracture Mechanics A~~roach to the Problems of Design, Qualit.v Assurance, Maintenance. and ‘Re~air of Offshore Structures,” Proceedings of the European O~fshore Steels Research Seminar, Welding Institute, Abington, Cambridge, November 1918.

121

4$(3-334

[33

o

McClelland, B. (cd.), The Design of Fixed Offshore Structures, with specific reference to Chapters 18 and 19 “Tubular Joint Desiqn” and “Steel Selection for Fracture Control”) by Peter Marshall, ~nd Chapter 27 (“Welding and Inspection”) by P. W. Marshall, H. F. Cricks, and P. T. Marks, to be published by van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1982. Pellini, W. S., “Criteria for Fracture Control Plans,” Naval Research Laboratory, NRL Report 7405, May 1972. Rolfe,

S. T. and J. M. Barsom, Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures, New Jersey, 1977. Chapters 14 and 15, Prentice-Hall, Inc.,

McHenry, H. I., and S. T. Rolfe, Fracture Control Practices for Metal Structures, National Bureau of Standards IRi’9-1623, January 1980.

3.3

Recommendations

for

Only a minority ately Many

create in the

document

in the

form

of

Existing

integrated are of

averse a

Technology

in the offshore industry want to immedi -

of engineers

a written industry

Use

fracture to

control

any sort

regulation

plan

for general

of official

or widely-used

fracture

recommended

usage. control

practice.

This aversion is due to their fear that the document would not contain sufficient generality and freedom for competent structural engineers to optimize all aspects of their structures

including

safety and fracture control, and there

is a voiced concern that the recommendations would begin to take on the “cook book aspects

now seen in the nuclear power industry”.

Rolfe and Barsom,

in

the broadest of the recent surveys of fracture control plans we have reviewed, do not advocate

an industry-wide

document

for a generic class of structures.

Rather, they advocate a document for each critical structure. In spite of this reluctance

and aversion

to

a fracture

control

“Bible”, there

is a general

feeling in the offshore engineering community that some additional integration of the subspecialties

In comments

of fracture control is necessary and desirable.

Rolfe and Barsom’s of

Dr. George

turn, we would

book, several pages are devoted to the general

Irwin on the

subject

like to repeat two quotations

of fracture

control

plans.

that most influenced our recom-

mendations in this section, and which stand as recommendations on their own:



“. . . termed



*

It

is

necessary

comprehensive

to point out that the concept

fracture

control plan is quite recent

122

486-334

0

/Jw

In

and

cannot

be

yet

illustrations.

supported

with

completely

developed

We know in a general way how to establish

plans for fracture control in advance of extensive trials. control

plans

study,

until

However, have

detailed

a number

been

recommendations

plans

..*

“ [Emphasis is OUrS. ]

.

.

for

selected

.

One

comprehensive on

see

and

to

critical

can

comprehensive

formulated

such

m“..

of

guide

are

that

fracture

available

the

structures

for

development cannot

efficient

service

of

be given

operation

of

a

fracture control plan requires a large amount

inter-group

If a

coordination.

fracture failure

complete

avoidance

of

is the goal of the plan, this goal cannot

be assured if the elements of the fracture control plan are supplied by different divisions or groups in a voluntary or independent special

fracture

[Emphasis develop

It

way.

is

would

control ours.]

Such

suitable

study

for their

for

a

group

justifications,

to

coordination might

procedures

be

establish

a

purposes. expected

to

for the purpose of

of the plans are conducted in a

purpose.

and improve the fracture

suitable

suitable

group

and operate checking

assuring that all elements way

appear

Other

tests

might

be to

control plan and to supply

where

necessary,

of the adequacy

of the plan.”

Since fracture

control

as such, are reasonably well recommendations

practices, established

can be expressed

lowing recommendations

though not always explicitly within

the offshore

stated

industry,

as changes to an existing system.

most

The fol-

then, some of which are repeated and discussed in more

detail within the technical subspecialties,

exemplify such changes.

123

486-334

0

~3c

Recommendation

Encourage

FE1

Fracture

Control

Encourage under and

the

Integration.

two

areas

of

the

use

Status--namely of

engineering

sufficient

(early

group

as

in the

the

of

integration

fracture

inherently

integration.

appointment small

teams

fracture

identified

control

capable

generalists

of

providing

Encouragement

could

come

design

of

individual

fracture

stage)

control

an

focal

point

through or

for

each

decision

or

installation.

Recommendation

FE2

Docunmt

the

upon

fracture

all

As

anticipated

a

effects

control

informal teams)

minimum tion.

every

between

what

is

and what might documented

every

structure’s

structural

major

fracture

done

fracture

change

(generalists

plans,

introduce

to improve and ensure or

and

or done in future,

control

decision

control,

now

be feasible

level of documentation For

major

elements.

compromise

comprehensive,

of

change

a

integra-

involving

a

ask the most cognizant engineers

to identify the reason for the change and the fracture control element

most

impact

on

could

turn

other

calculations example

involved

of

fracture

into or the

and

a

to

control

major

could latter

list

take

any

elements.

report a

with

short,

is included

many

in Appendix

change

in a tubular

joint,

improve

stress

concentration

at the

described qualitatively

Such

A

involving toe

or

probable

a document quantitative

qualitative

hypothetical the

possible

form.

An

in which

a

grinding to

of the weld,

is

in terms of its effects upon the other

elements of an integrated fracture control effort.

An effort spent

by

key

like this

engineering

could be expensive, talent.

documentation may only be justifiable

Therefore,

at

present

@

and in time

this

for truly fracture-critical 124

486-334

both in dollars

kind

parts.

of

Recommendations that

of working

rather than

to

1

and

2

optimally

to tear

exemplify nmdify

a

the

it down and build

strongly

existing

recommended

fracture

control

Recommendations

anew.

approach: system

3 through

5,

which could be listed in the following sections within technical subspecialty elements, are included below to exemplify more specific ways of optimizing a sound existing system.

Recommendation

FE3

Modify punching shear criteria to prevent other failure modes.

For

design

against

within

the

impact

of

example,

overload,

punching failure

shear modes

see the changes

American

Criteria

for

attempt

to

criteria other

that

than

proposed Tubular

make

modest

will

punching

by Marshall

minimize

the

shear.

For

in “A Review of --

Structures

changes

and

Proposed

Revisions.”

Recommendation

Use

a

fracture

FE4

fracture

calibrated

wchanics

nmdel

to

address

tough

fatigue

problems.

For

fatigue

non-routine

evaluations, mechanics typical

start

model

defect

with

and

the

consistent sizes

only to extrapolate

S-N with

in weld

subcritical approach, all

toes,

build

known

etc.,

in the structure.

the

and

of

mechanics

with

tradition the

procedure

growth fracture such

as

use this model

from the original S-N curve to account for

or detriments

combined

a

facts,

and

improvements comfort

crack

special to

the

S-N

curve

capabilities

account

for

the

distribution and notch and part size effects.

125

In this manner, approach of

the complex

can

be

fracture stress

and

Recommendation

Apply

FE5

structural

reliability

nmdels

to

optimize

design

and

operational

decisions.

The

probability

of

fracture

other

risks

by

to

design

can

applying

structural

reliability

models

to choose an optimum combination

of design,

selection,

redundancy.

inspection

Marshall

the

with

acronym

triangle.”

minimized

related

structural

material

be

and

specifications,

DIRT,

Optimization

reliability

uncertain

dependencies

upon

can be

simply a minimization

can

analysis,

and robust. input

of

-

“design-inspection-redundancy

for

estimates

input to the

still be accurate

structural

refers to the study of these trade-offs

subject to meeting or exceeding traditional While

and

be

safety constraints.

strong

functions

the optimization

Such accuracy historically

of cost

process

of can

is due to weaker

calibrated

relative

costs and probabilities which influence tradeoff decisions more than do absolute probabilistic estimates.

3.4

Recommendations

Recommendation

for

Future

Research

FR1

Survey industries using more formal fracture control documents than does the offshore industry.

It

is

control

not

clear

how

comprehensive

is

feasible

document

an

for

various

applications within the offshore industry. survey

(mostly interviews)

and McHenry’s notably

be conducted,

as a starting

aerospace

formulated such

work

and

nuclear

point, power,

and used such documents.

representatives

as

the

486-334



fracture

projects

and

We recommend that a using Rolfe, for those which

Barsom,

industries,

have

already

The survey should include

document’s

126

integrated

drafters,

regulators,

If, after such a survey, the idea of an integrated

and users.

plan is dropped, be

encouraged

methods

continuous for

already

engineering

the

Prove that

generalists,

and improvements

fracture namely,

control the

use

teams, and case-by-case

should

integration of

competent

“effect state-

in Appendix A.

FR2

Charpy

Starting Charpy

three

identified:

ments” as exemplified

Recommendation

discussion

tests

are

maningful

for

new situations.

with

generic

fracture

tests,

do only

enough quantitative

learn whether

the

Charpy-based

toughness

material

grades

and

fracture testing

correlations

will

stand

to

up to

some new situations, such as the increase of brace and can wall thicknesses.

Recommendation

Calibrate

FR3

structural

reliability

Recognizing

that

reliability

are

sensitivity baseline

nmdels

accurate not

to

field

fundamental

yet

possible,

estimates strive

studies and extrapolations

condition

experience.

inspection

to

estimate

procedures,

the

effects

redundancy,

worthwhile

probabilistic

These models should contain enough deterministic relationships

for

to be made from a known

calibrated

using

of structural

of

and

models.

and stochastic

changes

material

in

design,

properties.

That is, calibrate a probabilistic model to field experience.

Recommendation

FR4

Build

a data

base

those

who influence

of

failure, fracture

accident,

and

control.

127

success

experience

for

feedback

to

Since

many

inservice

of the

experience,

system,

as

influence

The

Examples

the operator who such abnormal

no

in

Carlsen, spectrum

are

given

is expected

calibration

failure/accident et

of

al.,

people

and accidents would in Carlsen,

who

benefit

personal who

strongly

might

have

from such a

et al., ranging from

to act “normally” in the face of structural

(in spite of the fact that he probably

experience may

against feedback

is

events as a fire, blow-out, impending

or evacuation

researcher

involve

formalized

entire

on failures

system.

has

a

described

recommended.

failure,

recommendations

need

to

with be

these kept

rare in

events),

touch

with

to

the

reality

through feedback of inservice experience.

This would provide a

definition

of

and,

throughout

these

important

research

recommendations,

areas a

means

as for

called “real

for life

calibration of theoretical models.”

Examples

of

documentated

feedback

given

in Carlsen,

et

al.,

include the detailed reports of the Alexander Kielland incident and

the

broad

data

associated

with

Lloyd’s List and other similar sources.

128

accidents

reported

in

4.0

MATERIAL

SELECTION

AND SPECIFICATION

The first step in designing against fracture is to select and specify a material

for

each

location/application

within

the

structure

to

meet

its

intended purpose without suffering one of the five modes of failure covered in (Section 5.2)*

our summary of design practices

4.1

$urmnary of Status Materials

selection

for various

applications

in the steel jackets

of

fixed offshore platforms is typically a matter of choosing from among the few dozen

steel

alloy/grade

design envelope.

combinations

Standard

levels, carbon-equivalent, ties.

or

Notch-

to

mill tests strength,

crack-toughness

fit

the

studies

affected

of material,

zones.

Other

ductility, is most

initial

material

studies

are

qualification,

NRL Drop-Weight

alloy to arrest

materials

plane-strain

brittle

even

defect

tests,

and other

often

toughness

by

the

defect

Charpy

for any extensive quality conincluding

tests

focus

weld

used

metal

and heat-

for such purposes

and

as

fitness-for-purpose

on the

ability

of the

crack; crack-tip

opening

displacement

and, most often, reliance on generic toughness (e.g., per API

and

“standard” proper-

determined

evaluation,

which

a rapidly propagating

(COD) specifications; qualified

occasionally

fracture

application

are used to determine material

V-Notch test, which is used almost exclusively trol

intended

RP-2A

fracture toughness

Classes

tests,

A,

B,

and

as for example

base

of preStandard

C).

in ASTM E399,

are only rarely applicable since, for most critical jacket locations, standard practice is to ensure toughness levels such that even full thickness specimens Will

fail by brittle (Kapplied > KIC) fracture.

nOt

One of the most important tradeoffs to be considered in material selection is the relationship between strength, fracture toughness, and cost of the

In U.S.

steel. critical crack

crack behavior.

propagation,

corrosion fatigue

practice, there is currently a low emphasis on material sub-

cracking. crack

structural

with The

propagation

unreliability

By subcritical and

without

apparent has

not

in Gulf

environmental

reasons been

a

of Mexico

129

486-334

crack behavior we refer to fatigue

for

the

critical

assistance, low

emphasis

contributor

applications,

and

stress

are

that

to

overall

and under

typical

Gulf conditions

(including cathodic protection) crack propagation in steels is

not a strong function of the material/environment.

4.2

Relevant Documentation Relevant

source materials,

standards,

specifications,

and industry or

university studies are listed at the end of the Material Selection section of

the

Section 1.

II Summary.

Pellini, W.S., Criteria for Fracture Control Plans, Naval Research Laboratory, NRL Report 7405, Washington, D.C., May

11,

4.3

Another key reference is:

1972.

Reconmtendations

for

Use

of

Existing

Technology

Analysis/Procedures

Recommendation

Make

routine

ME1

and

extensive

use

of

simplified

analysis

procedures,

such

as the

FASD .

Simplified analysis procedures for quantitative fracture analysis which

connect

fracture

both the mechanical

should continue

FASD procedure force empirical improving fracture

and metallurgical

to be developed.

(which has the twin procedure

theoretical criteria

and

basis)

can

be

of being

a reasonable, both

of

We believe that the

benefits

having

aspects

a

a brute-

and rapidly

valid

and

safe

and a handy repository for fracture data base

information of various kinds as mentioned above. use of the FASD procedure

Examples of the

are given by both the CEGB and Chell

(Volume 2).

130

Recommendation ME2

Designate which

a

materials

fracture

a correlation

properties

has

The

between

not

been

burden

control standard

is on the materials

for the

making

material

statistical

valid

specifications,

specialist for

established, to

ensure

each

and

quantitative

application

for fracture

control specialist

to

of toughness

in

variability This

typically

designated

which

this

that

this

for

Future

for

We recommend that

each

aspect

fixed-platform has

correlation

and that guidelines

standard

grades or Charpy

fracture properties.

be

data

involves

between

correlation

by means of generic toughness

tests, and quantitative

application

fracture

specifications.

statistically

a

specifications

for

established.

account

such

specialist

been

not

be identified for his/her use

of

fracture

mechanics

is

not

overlooked.

4.4

Recommendations

Data

Base

Research

Development/Evaluation

Recommendation MR1

Start a materials data base for all important masured

fracture parameters of

offshore structural steels.

A materials

data base for offshore structural

started

(published

fracture

parameters.

should be described where

s

material

an

to

enough such

Mainly, in terms

for the

brute-force,

basic

standard

variations

information

all

important fracture

of mean and design

appropriate

property

Ideally, points

is

literature)

steels should be

in

could

be

empirical,

131

4869334

~’%t 0

reflecting

structure)

collected general

properties

(e.g., “-2s”;

deviation

the

measured

to

values. add

data

quantitative

for

techniques diagram

defect

procedure

standards

evaluation

as

(Section 11:3.3).

by which all contributions Data

qualified.

not

meeting

the

the

failure

assessment

A committee could propose to the data base could be standards,

but

potentially

useful for fracture control spec” alists, could be included and identified as such.

Recommendation MR2

Use a data “data

base

such

as

suggested

in

MRl

to

identify

programs

for

closing

state

of

gap.”

Comments

made

by

W.

S.

Pellini,

regarding

the

engineering fracture data in 1972 are nearly as applicable now. To quote:

Unfortunately, the literature on fracture research is highly specialized and the notable agreements which exist on fracture-state criteria are obscured by masses of detai 1. Moreover, the processes of metal property surveys and the sources of this information are not considered in adequate detail. Serious concern must be expressed for the paucity of statistically reliable engineering fracture data for standard grade metals that Developing this is provided by the existing literature. information is of foremost consequence at this time.

We agree with the need to collect, organize, and unambiguously express data.

valid

and

Then, what

statistically is available

reliable engineering

can be matched up with what

required for offshore

applications

tests

can

to

first

recommendation

be

devised

should be expressed measuring

close

fracture

the

under existing

and cost-effective “data

gap.”

technology

is

fracture

As with

our

above, the data

in terms of properties the investigator was

and in terms of some global brute-force quantitative

fracture criterion, if possible, such as the FASD procedure, as exemplified by Figures 2 and 3 (in Section 11:3.3.1), or COD.

132

486-334

(f@

the

Experinmtal

Fund cal

Research,

quantitative

Testing

toughness

characteristics

at

TheJ most problem to

testing

the

crack

serious

border

source

in a complex

of

from

differences

in

near-crack-tip

especially problems

thickness.

can

including

arise

in addressing

constraint

the

steel-jacket

constraint

with

problem areas are

between

specimen

in section

severe

the

is

laboratory

and

size,

interpretation

flow at crack tips,

associated

fracture

structure

simple

differences

Specifically,

if plastic

the

structure.

encountered

related matter,

simulate

which

comparatively

The two most widely

and, a

the

of error

specimens.

structure

specimens

fixed offshore

data

interpret

using

especially

developed

triaxial

stress fields and shear lips, are not similar between specimen and

This

structure.

problem

current

practices

by the

tests,

sometimes

to

Pellini

specimens. exhibiting pounds

superb

CVNE)

intended,

very

imperative

crack

These

out

properties

inadequate

quantitative simulate

supplementary

offshore

of inexpensive the

use

examples

larger

where

steels

toughness

toughness

Charpy

of

than

application.

50

foot-

for

their it

Thus,

testing

be

along with

tests

could

be

Charpy added

is

done,

the physical characteristics

structure,

toughness

in the

(greater

fracture

some

of the

of

notable

thickness,

border

use

exclusion

points

using specimens which the

the

large

that

compounded

extensive

Charpy

had

is

at

tests. to

any

extensive Charpy testing program or, more likely, could be conducted

in industry-wide

classes.

efforts

for generic material

The final step would be the demonstrated

between

Charpy

fracture

toughness,

provide

research

assurance

impact at

data least

and in

of some minimum

for the structural application.

133

quantitative

a

bounding

correlation measures

sense,

of

so as to

value of fracture toughness

physi-

Recommendation MR4

Collect

existing

evaluate crack

data

constant

and

define

amplitude

growth.

Ensure

and

execute

fatigue,

that

an

an and

overload,

adequate

experimental

range

of

program

underload

crack

effects

propagation

to upon

rates

is

covered.

Collect weld

existing

cracking

Insofar should

and

generate

as is practical, be

enveloped

money, tests focus

fatigue crack growth data applicable to joint

upon

conducting

previous

the

boundaries large

experimental

Key test

loops

of the

matrix

experimental

feedback

the

of

rather

than

necessary.

should

To

save

should be developed to rather than upon

combinations be adjusted

by designing blind

parameters

program.

“envelope” many

variables results

as

range of inservice

and reliable extrapolation

a

variables.

a wide

in

data

additional

test

execution

of to

test

reflect

programs

with

tests

fully

of

specified before the first specimen was tested.

Included in the envelope of data collected and generated should be

(1) frequencies

associated

excitation

of the structures;

submerged

and

without

near-surface

various

detrimental

levels

of

residual

stresses

pressive

loads or compressive by

to

the

beneficial

wave

loading

(2) environments (wet/dry) cathodic

“overprotection”);

from high R values associated

caused

with

and

reflecting

conditions, protection

other both

with

and

(including

(3) a full range of R*-ratios-with the presence

lowest

R

values

of full-yield

arising

from

com-

residual stresses that might

overload

effects;

and

be

(4) specimen

geometries simple enough to model the in-service interaction of material

and environment

but varied enough to test whether

or

*For a given cyclic stress intensit factor versus time K(t) excursion from a minimum value, Kmin, to a maximum fevel, Kmax > 0, R is defined as Kmin/Kmax.

134

d86

-334@

not

the

fracture

mechanics

model

analytically, as it is supposed to.



Define

the

overload

experimental

and

subsequent

crack

account

geometry

to

evaluate

In addition:

necessary

program

(compressive

growth

for

overload)

in offshore

effects

upon

Bounding

structures.

can be made to determine where load interaction

experiments effects

underload

can

can

be

ignored

and where

proof-test

logic

can

be

rates

is

used for screening of flaws.



Ensure

an

range

adequate

of

crack

propagation

We recommend covered in both of the above recommendations. -4 inches per cycle at least, a range between 10-7 and 10 and, more ideally, an expanded per

cycle

and

similar

stress-corrosion



Statistically experiments

da/dt

range of 10-8 to 10-3 inches ranges,

as

practical,

for

cracking.

analyze to

all

variability

input

provide

to

generated

probabilistic

in

the

fracture

mechanics approaches discussed in Section 4.2.3, fo” lowing.



Compare these distributions with those in Engesvik

and other

sources and try to resolve or explain differences.



Design experiments

reflecting worst-case

such expensive-to-simulate can be eliminated the

potential

test variables as the environment

or greatly simplified.

for

quote from Carlsen, environmental

scenarios to see if

simplification,

As an example of

consider

the

following

et al., which gives the impression that

acceleration

of

subcritical

crack

growth

be well controlled using existing technology:

respect

With

to

corrosion/fatigue,

considerable

research for the last years has been carried From this work it appears that although out offshore structures under free corrosion will have fatigue strength lower than in air, cathodic pro●





can

tecti on with a normal potential close to -800 mV will restore the in-air fatigue strength.

Recommendation MR5

Set

up a “devil’s

There

advocate”

is

testing

always

going

programto

be

to

evaluate

much

fracture

controversy

criteria.

between

the

pragmatists who wish to use inexpensive screening tests such as the Charpy test for providing and the be

lower bound toughness

properties

“purists” who hold out for use of specimens which can

used

for

precisely

quantitative

the

crack-like

dynamics

structural

recommendation controversy

to

defect and

evaluation

triaxiality

defect.

reduce

As

the

is to mix the two

and

of

can

simulate

stresses

mentioned

detrimental

the

above,

impact

kinds of tests

at

of

one this

and investigate

data correlations.

A second idea, admittedly in an engineering

untried except as it occurs naturally

or scientific

field, is to set up “a devil’s

advocate” testing program in which a noted fracture-test

purist

could be funded to design and demonstrate a worst-case scenario in

which

the

inservice

(to the

technical

simulates be

If

would

a simplified

satisfaction

reviewer)

or

oversimplified

for

an

important

fracture criterion can

of the

with

discreditation, credibility. or

improved.

criterion

by knowledgeable

funder

or perhaps

an experimental

Similarly,

resists

the attempts

set-up

a

that

it

(the

criterion)

deserves

A few good experimental inability

convincing

literature

if

a

seemingly

to discredit

people who have something to gain through

of

a

to

the

simplified

containing

technical detailed

fracture

respect

its and

criterion

to

level would probably be

community theoretical

arguments. 136

4~GnSS~

more

it

examples which showed the

guarantee an adequate minimum toughness more

fail

in-service conditions, that criterion probably should

discarded

ability

criterion

application.

be defeated neutral

Charpy

0 $&

than

volumes

of

and

qualitative

5.0

DESIGN The

designer

responsible

is

for

guarding

against

the

possible failure modes as well as for producing a near-optimum

structure’s

functional and

Five relevant failure modes are listed below in order of

economic structure.

decreasing emphasis given by the authors in the fracture control survey:

1.

Fracture, defined as unstable rapid crack extension--either elastic or plastic-- leading to partial or complete failure of the member.

2.

Subcritical crack growth, under fatigue, environmentally accelerated fatigue, or stress corrosion cracking, leading to loss of section and fracture.

3.

plastic deformation; or ultimate Yielding, excessive failure under tensile or bending (plastic hinge) loads.

4.

Elastic or plastic compression loads.

5.

Bulk corrosion, leading to loss of cross section.

Structural

design

buckling

against

or other

fracture

instabilities

concerns

under

itself with two aspects:

The loadings placed on the structure by the environment

and by its operation,

and the resistance of the structure to these loadings.

5.1

$umnary

of

Status

The nominal design pract” ces used in the Gulf of Mexico (primarily from API RP-2A) are fairly uniform.

for

fatigue

in

extreme

environmental conditions and forces due to installation and transport.

Due to

ture,

fracture

loadings

and

reserve

control

To account for loadings placed on the struc-

is

strength

withstand

is exp” icitly

implicit

and

a certain

work

consulted Program

on

is

the

redundancy,

amount

practice, quantification design

in

design

a

for

typical

of cracking.

In

in the

normal

steel normal

design

operation

by

the

design

requires that the design

operator’s

decisions. of platforms

structure

jacket Gulf

of this resistance is not attempted.

conducted

significant

considered

of Mexico

MMS

design

Verification of

representative, The

can

Platform

for US operations

who

is

also

Verification outside the

Gulf, or new Gulf platforms which will be located in over 400 feet of water (among other qualifications),

be checked by an independent party--resulting

in

additional verification of the major analytical design tasks.

5.2

Relevant

Documentation

Relevant

source materials,

standards,

specifications,

and industry or

university studies are listed at the end of the Design section of the Section

II Summary.

Other key references include:

1.

Pellini, W.S., Criteria for Fracture Control Plans, Naval Research Laboratory, NRL Report 7405, Washington, D.C., May 11, 1972.

2.

Carlsen, C.A., T. Kvalstad, H. Moseby, E.M.Q. R6rn, T. Wiik, “Lessons Learned from Failure and Damage of Offshore Structures,” Eighth International Ship Structures Congress, Gdansk, 1982.

3.

P.J., “Summary of Current Design and Fatigue Fisher, Correlation,” Fatigue in Offshore Structures, Institute of Civil Engineers, Conference Proceedings, London, February 24-25, 1981.

4.

Rolfe, S.T. and J.M. Barsom, Fracture and Fatigue Control New Jersey, 1977. in Structures, Prentice Hall, Inc.,

5.

Telephone interview conducted with Robert G. Bea and Ashok Vaish, PMB Systems Engineering, Inc., San Francisco, California, on September 16 and 23, 1982.

6.

Gurney, T.R., “Revised Fatigue Design Rules,” Metal Construction, revision of UK DOE Guidance, January 1983.

7.

Failure

Analysis

Associates,

“BIGIF--Fracture

Code for Structures,” Electric EPRI NP-1830, April 1981.

5.3

Recommendations Analytical

for

fracture

nation of the significance the task growth.

of designing

Use

of

Existing

mechanics

fatigue

Many of the recommendations

Research

Mechanics Institute,

Technology

methods

of fatigue

against

Power

cracks

assist

a quantitative

in offshore structures

determiand aid

and other forms of subcritical

crack

listed under “Analysis” are suitable for

138

both applications

and, therefore,

cracks found in fabricated transport,

and

launching

for many fitness-for-purpose

structures,

evaluations

of

either in service, or during loadout,

operations.

The

remaining

recommendations

cover

other aspects of the design element of fracture control.

Analytical

Evaluation/Development

Recommendation DE1

Use

first-order

effects

of

bounding

toughness

It

is

of

the

fracture

and

mechanics

fatigue-design

models

low

determine

fatigue

control

damage

effort,

content

of

loading spectra and water depths, has concentrated monotonic-loading toughness

and

failure

arrest

of

As frontier

“pop-in”.

relative

control.

believed that the U.S. fracture relatively

to

modes

associated

critical,

rapid

areas which,

because

Gulf

wave

more on the

with

crack

fracture

growth

in combination

with

and new,

innovative structural designs, approach and perhaps surpass the fatigue is

damage potential

recommended

models, the

which

useful

rather

than

relative design

that take

life

first-order

advantage of

welded

initiating

effects

of the North Sea are encountered,

a

Many

fracture toughness

fracture

mechanics

of the fact the the majority structures be

crack,

of toughness

control.

bounding

used

control

situations

is

spent to

it

of

propagating

ascertain

the

as compared to fatigue-

may

arise

in

which

the

of the steel would have a negligible effect

on the useful life of the structural joint.

Recommendation

DE2

Supplement

curves

S-N

There

with

deterministic

is a general consensus

fracture

nwchanics

approaches.

that the use of S-N failure data

will remain the main design tool against fatigue.

139

Crack growth

.-

486-334

/ @

data

and

developed

fracture mainly

evaluation

and

to

mechanics

methods

should

provide

support

for

extrapolation

of

S-N

continue

to

be

fitness-for-purpose

data

to

situations

that

cannot be or have not been simulated in experimental work.

Recommendation

Model

DE3

size/shape

of

crack

and transition

behavior

in

brace

or

leg.

Where necessary, model the transition from partial- to throughthickness

cracks

in the brace or leg.

efforts in flaw size/shape

Concentrate

analytical

ranges for which most of the joint’s

fatigue life will be expended.

Education,

Training

Recommendation DE4

Teach

engineers

dangerous

to

review

their

design

assumptions

quote

Pellini

thinking which

may

on

safety

actually

factors reduce

in

the

order

to

structure’s

ability.

To

(Criteria

for

Fracture

Control

Plans,

page

45):

In developing fracture control plans, the engineer must develop completely new thinking with respect to factors Adherence to past conventions is dangerous of safety. ..*. [For example,] . . . the added “safety” assumptions [for “beefing up the structures” by] increasing wall thickness are not”[always] justified.

pellini goes on to give an example, based on data for a 100 ksi yield

strength

pressure

increase actually weakened susceptibility

vessel

steel ,

the welded

to moderately-sized

140

where

a

thickness

structure because of its

weld defects.

Such examples

avoid reli-

should be useful for educating true” it

fixes as beefing

in

the

presence

fracture

and

weaknesses defect-prone

the

of

defect-related crack

resulting

welds,

that such

“tried and

up the structure might actually weaken

subcritical

of

designers

failure

modes

lower toughness

as

Potential

propagation.

thicker

such

cross-sections

are

more

joints, and reduced member

and joint flexibility.

Recommendation DE5

Reduce

the

human

MMS Platform

error

factor

Verification

through

education

and

direct

impact of human errors

research

is

inspection,

needed

desired

error

modification

of

MMS

the

education

recommendations)

to

nmdification

of

control Platform

problem

of the

The best vehicle

techniques

may

Verification

(one

improve the

the

(as well as in fabri-

etc.).

programs

to

reduce

in design

maintenance,

implementing

through

minor

Program.

Effort

cation,

and

of

Peter

designer’s

be

for

minor

Program

and

Marshall’s

application

of API

RP-2A.

Detailed

Inspection/Analysis

for

Impact

Recommendation DE6

Survey

the

entire

structure

As emphasized

stress

of the

critical

elements.

by T. R. Gurney

UK DOE Guidance): member

for

(“Revised Fatigue Design Rules,”

“It should be noted that in any element or

structure,

concentration

every welded

is

potentially

joint a

or other form of

source

of

fatigue

cracking and each should be considered.”

Gurney then makes the

point that the Guidance

is to consider

Notes’

intention

joint and that the most insignificant-appearing

141

486-334

~

every

attachments may

the

be vital in the context of fatigue and structural It should be possible to avoid quantitative

reliability.

evaluation of every

weld in a structure by adopting standard details that have been generically evaluated in detail.

5.4

Recommendations

Data

Base

for

Future

Research

Development

Recommendation DR1

Develop a data base of service

and

Develop an industry-wide

repair

histories.

data repository for service experience

on fixed structures and for repair histories on same.



The

use

of

introduces critical

repair

welding

complexities

and

into

and subcritical

other the

procedures of

estimation

crack growth.

a need for data on the toughness

repair

both

There is therefore

and fatigue performance of

repaired joints.



Catalog

observations

important

of

high-severity These

cracking.

cracks,

failures,

situations

observations

which

would

and

did

both

nearly

not

as

lead to

challenge

and

calibrate improved design developments.

Analytical

Evaluation/Development

Recommendation DR2

As

a

long-term

goal,

intensity

factor

concern.

This

mst

tubular

it

would

solutions would

joint

for

include crack

be all

desirable stress

evaluation

of

geometries.

to fields

and

displacement

As a starting

142

4g(j -334

develop

@

accurate

crack

geometries

of

exhibited

by

control point,

stress

develop

a handbook

or

software

geometries

The

library and

of

load

state

stress

intensity

factor

solutions

for

often

occurring

cases.

of the art may be such as to allow some numerical,

accurate,

full

solutions

to

three-dimensional

be developed

stress

as a practical

factor

intensity matter.

However,

a

more cost effective approach based on existing technology would be

the

u,se of

dimension?l

variable

solutions

(cross-sectional)

and

approximations

thickness

for

many

two-

of

these

geometries.

Implicit in a recommendation

to develop stress intensity factor

solutions for all stress fields and crack geometries of concern is an evaluation tubular

joint

should

have

crack the

redistribution growth

of the displacement-control

of

geometries.

full

capacity

crack

through

intersection;

(2) effect

growth

the

structure=

While

for

such

load

into

or

regions stress

at

of

the

brace-can

subcritical lower

crack

stress,

directions;

and

and,

(3) load

rigorous models of these three types of load be

neither

accurate

state of the art.

and

currently

approximations

feasible are

well

nor

cost

within

the

The accuracies can be evaluated through both

studies

experimental

wall

critical

principal

may

some

sensitivity

account

developments

along the brace leg and to other members in the

redistribution effective,

to

the

of

brace

possibly, differing redistribution

The theoretical

by most

effects as (1) unbending of a brace wall due to

a

around

exhibited

and

comparisons

inservice

crack

with

observations

of

Additional

propagation.

suggesti on$ include:

a

Run full parametric studies for developing stress intensity factor

solutions

which

include

simultaneously

such

local

factors as the ability to handle any stress gradient in the untracked variations

structure,

the

of weld

profile

ability

143

to

geometry,

handle and

all

the

credible

ability

to

characterize generality, useful

residual the

tool

stress

weight

for

or

the

To

fields.

influence

function

analytical

obtain

such

method

is

for

developments

a

most

geometries.

*

Verify

all

using

an

program

solutions

for

independent,

to solve the

general

stress

distributions

state-of-the-art,

crack problems

finite

by

element

for certain

specified

“benchmark” stress distributions.

Create



a

intensity cases

that

handbook factor

(K)

occur

would

such

K

library

for

in design

This of

software

solutions

often

calculations. specialization

and/or

geometries

and

be

an

handbooks

of

stress

and

load

fitness-for-purpose extension

as those

and/or

of Tada,

et

al.; Sib; and Rooke, et al.

Recommendation

Develop analysis

DR3

deterministic of

design

significance

and

of

fitness-for-purpose

defects

and

for

approaches development

of

for

examples

guidelines.

Develop

both methods and software

fitness-for-purpose analysis

systems

of the significance

in

a

for deterministic form

suitable

design and for

routine

of cracks in offshore structures.

As noted by Carlsen, et al., in “Lessons Learned”:

Due to uncertainties on fatigue life predictions, . . . it is very important to calibrate design requirements against in-service experience, and to develop tailormade inspection in-service to follow up programs critical parts in service.

144

486-334

B STfj 1

routine and

From this:



Exercise

the

system

problems

which

environmental

for

envelop

both

hypothetical

geometric,

combinations

to

be

and

stress,

practical

material,

expected

the

in

and

field.

The fifteen to fifty analyses created can serve as modeling and

examples

for

guidelines

the

engineering

offshore

community.

Present in graphical and tabular form the effects of varia-



tions of key input parameters, tion,

upon the dependent

strength. develop

These a

individually and in combina-

variables,

will

provide

probabilistic

fatigue life or static

guidelines

and

mechanics

fracture

input

to

system

as

described below.

Recommendation DR4

Develop

a

fracture

probabilistic

mechanics

approach

for

routine

crack

analysis.

Develop

a

software The

probabilistic

for routine

software

tionally

should

practical

fracture

analysis

numerical

procedures

covariance

statistical

of cracked

probably

Monte

employ

Carlo

can

mechanics

be

devised

method

offshore

realistic

methods

approximations

(PFM)

which

structures.

and

although

and

computa-

less

employ

for computing

general

variancethe impact

of independent variable scatter on dependent variable scatter.



Develop should

a procedure and

should

deterministic implementation used with and

when

for not

be

employed.

when

a

Stress

PFM the

analysis use

of

(DFM) bounding calculations to avoid needless of PFM.

reliability DFM

determining

is

Specifically analyses,

inconclusive

145

PFM should normally be

cost optimization (i.e., when

studies,

worst-case

DFM

assumptions

predict

structural

failure

but

nominal

DFM

assumptions predict success).



Implicit

in

probability as

the

setting

up

distributions

coefficients

propagation

input

recommended

relate

to

material

crack

distribution

Each

should be qualified by a

of its range of validity and indication of what

might

that

be

as a function of stress intensity factor.

description changes

system will

for certain input variables, such used

suggested probability

Note

a PFM

be

high

expected

accuracy

probability

distributions reliability

estimates,

analysis.

deterministic

to

significant

the

use

potential

worst-case

will

simultaneously

of

needed

if

for these

different

input

differences

conservative

be

at

gain arises models their

while worst-case

this unrealistic assumption. literature

usually

conditions.

in

bounds

of

may still permit much to be gained from a PFM

This

variables

is not

worst-case

distributions--even

lead

distributions

under

on PFM-related

from the

assume most

that

fact that all

unfavorable

input values

PFM models can easily avoid

Note also the rapidly growing

data and methods,

as exemplified

by Engesvik.



Execute and

the

PFM

practical

mechanics

analysis

cases

(DFM).

for

analyzed

several with

of the

hypothetical

deterministic

fracture

Pick some examples which will benefit and

some of which will

fail to benefit

from PFM to illustrate

the optional character of this analysis technique.

146

4g6-334 0

E?

Recommendation DR5

Establish

design

explosions,

loads

for

and

protection

against

impact

damage

(collisions,

etc.)

More research is required to establish design loads and methods for protecting dropped

the structure

objects,

fires,

against damage due to collisions, Among

and explosions.

areas to be explored are the establishment forces,

energy

for offshore

dissipation

structures.

methods

the technical

of realistic impact

and other

protection

Some of the elastic-plastic

work being carried out should help significantly by establishing, a compressive

means

buckling

in this effort

for example, the residual buckling strength of

member

as a function

of the size of its impact

dent.

Recommendation

Define stress

DR6

applications methods

For

suitable

for

some

life

for

use

of

higher-order-average

prediction.

variable-amplitude

stress

histories,

the history on the basis of a root-mean-square order-average

alternating-

replacement

(RMS) or higher-

(e.g., cube root of mean cube) alternating stress

appears to offer a reasonable method for life prediction variable

of

amplitude

define which

Further

loading.

applications

will

work

methods

necessary

not suffer inaccuracies

this higher order averaging approximation cycle-counting

is

from stress

under to

due to

and to define optimal The effects

histories.

of

severe overloads or underloads require particular attention.

Recommendation DR7

Formalize subcritical

the

statistical crack

growth

approach data

to for

defining any

the

given

combination. 147

486-334 n

/m

variability

material

of or

S-N

environmental

and

There

is

approach crack stress

a

need

to

to

provide

defining

growth

data

intensity

the

in

simple mathematical

more

variability

the

factor

a

presence

S-N

routinely.

Two steps are required and recommended:

a

and

Relatively

respectively.

(and

Analysis

limits

endurance

evaluation



subcritical

and

exist to handle this statistical

techniques

similar

of of

thresholds,

statistical

formalized

ones

involving

fracture

properties)

of variance to determine which quantities maintain

constant

curve.

variance

over

For example,

the

entire

S-N

at the endurance

or

limit,

da/dN

(K)

it would

no

longer be proper to consider the standard deviation of “log cycles”

for

each

lab-specimen

appropriate

parameter

stress

log

or

standard

might

stress

deviation

of

data

be the

or,

of

points from the mean-trend

standard

greater

perpendicular

A

point.

more

deviation

complexity,

distance

of the

of the

data

S-N curve in a specified type of

plot (e.g., log S versus log N).



Having

established

variance

(and

the

under

parameter

what

which

situations

exhibits

this

is

constant

true),

use

standard regression methods to analyze it and calculate the “-2s or -3s line” to be recommended for design use.

Recommendation DR8

Estimate

the

effect

More work

of

nmltiple

crack-site

origins

at

the

weld

toe.

is needed to estimate the effect of multiple defect-

and crack-site

origins

linking characteristics

at weld toes and their

interaction

and

as they grow.

148

4$6-334

/0 (z?

.,.”

Recommendation DR9

Define

stress

gradients

and

other

characteristics

of the subsurface

distribution.

The

need

to

define

the

subsurface

fracture mechanics

applications

joints

shear

with

large

transfer would

to

work

stress

may

have

A

common

analysis

transfer

stress

the

Develop

use

of three-dimensional

techniques

or,

at the

between

versatile

the

analyzing

brace

crack

finite both

tubular joints, of

fracture in general

very

and

can

least,

other Some of

numerical analytical

assumption that all

walls

occurs

at

the

versatile

for

surfaces.

DR1O

accurate,

While

loading.

and

gradients

the

intersection of their mid-thickness

Recommendation

of such

detailed

that more work

models which do not employ the simplifying load

example

of the subsurface stress distribution. require

for

braces of which one

developed

is consensus

define

characteristics this

that

models there

needed

is

transfer.

and the other in high compressive

researchers

mechanics

distribution

is amplified by the presence of

be a K-joint with adjacent

is in high tensile Among

stress

analysis

element

untracked

methods.

method and,

is

to

the

a

most

lesser

extent,

cracked

it can be quite expensive, time consuming,

questionable

for

accuracy

the

most

difficult

and

problems.

Thus, there is a real need to come up with accurate, nearly-asversatile, system

to

developers

advanced the

methods

fracture

basis

for

if

be

used

effective,

mechanics

the

by

the

researcher

everyday

is to be realized.

recommendations

above

to

and

design

application This use

the

of

need is weight

function method and to formulate handbooks of useful stress and stress

intensity

factor solutions

of tubular joints subject to

cracking. 149

486-334

/~/ 0

stress

Recommendation DR1l

the effect of

Consider

greater-than-predicted

wave

loadings

upon

the

fatigue

life of a structure.

The

unpredictability

cause

of

for uncertainty

environmental

in fatigue

loadings

is

a

primary This

stress predictions.

is

especially true for frontier locations where long-term data are scarce or non-existant. be constructed

Sea state scatter diagrams must often

with only two years

of wave

recordings.

Thus,

we recommend that the impact of departures from the design wave environment

upon

the

fatigue

life

of

a

structure

should

be

considered.

Recommendation DR12

Study

methods

outside

the

for

determining

standard

Tubular

hot

spot

stresses

tubular

joint

behavior

case.

joints

have

been

classified

as T,

standard load paths through the joints. to

and

investigate

the

proper

way

to

K,

or X based

on

Studies should be done

interpolate

between

the

standard cases to find the hot spot stresses.

Also, the behavior mostly

in

of tubular

two-dimensions.

interaction

of braces

joints has to date been studied The

effect

out of plane

needs

of

three-dimensional

further

study.

The

effects of joint flexibility and eccentricity also need further study.

Recommendation

Study

wave

lines

for

DR13

loading

and

associated

phenomena

nmre

application.

150

4$6-334 0

62

closely

and

develop

guide-

It

is

recognized

by the industry that the calculation

loads on a structure recognized

that

miscalculated, structure

while

is

sponsored

force

wave the

adequately

studies

In particular,

is very imprecise.

local

effects

may

effect

integrated calculated

of wave

for

be

on

it is

seriously

the

entire

Industry-

design.

of the wave loading and associated

phenomena

need to be continued.



Guidelines

should be developed

to aid the designer

in the

choice of wave periods corresponding to chosen wave heights for the discrete wave fatigue analysis approach.

It is not

sufficient for fatigue analysis purposes to just choose the average wave fatigue

period

or other

for a given wave

life computation

height,

because in a

the stresses

above some

threshold

are raised to a large power and those below the

threshold

are

period

is

ignored

and thus

non-conservative.

choosing For

the average

each

wave

wave

height,

the

analyst should consider either a spectrum of periods or the averageperiod

*

Guidelines

corresponding to the high-stress waves.

should

computing

be

developed

the effective

damping

to

of the

as input for a dynamic analysis. for longer has

period

structures

a significant

effect

aid

the

designer

structure

in

required

This is particularly true

in deep water, where

on the

dynamic

damping

amplification

of

member stresses.

*

Guidelines loading loads

for

in fatigue

are

stresses

the

often

inclusion

analysis

only

in structure

added

of

simultaneous

current

should be developed.

Current

when

maximum

calculating

in combination

It should be noted that superposition changes ‘L- ‘–-’’L’‘= ‘L- -A---Lllf?

mean.

This

dlll~l

lLUU~

occurs

UI

L.[Id

because

equation includes a nonlinear

151

SLrf?SS

the

with

the

a design wave.

of current _.._1-

--

..-11

LYL15

d>

W~l

drag

term

in

and wave I

--

LL_

dS

Lrl~

Morison’s

(velocity-squared) term.

o

With the proliferation for

analyzing

offshore

microcomputers,

Typical term

not

structures,

designers

need to be warned which, do

of framed structures

on

now

available

certain

properly

handle

Morison’s

the

include

equation

nonlinear

wave

linearization and

using

on

applications

against the use of oversimplified

simplifications

in

working

some

computer codes

codes loads.

of the

water

drag

particle

velocity rather than relative water particle velocity.

Recommendation

Determine

DR14

the

gradients

in

feasibility

of

estimating

Investigate

determining

elastic-plastic

the

crack

feasibility

approximately

(in the

in estimating

elastic-plastic

of the

extensive-data

of

untracked

as COD and the J-integral. the state

art

approximate tip

stress

of

gradients

at the crack locus)

crack tip stress parameters

If

such

analytical solutions are beyond

(which may

be true

in many

cases),

the

base of COD and J experiments

that is evolving

For example, the experimental

data now used to

set lower bound design and failure assessment

curves in BSI PD

could be used.

6493:1980 gradients

can be employed to approximate due

to

the

many

stress

parameters.

stress

handling

structure

effects

tested

the effects of stress

combinations

of

axial,

bending, and residual stress levels.

Recommendation DR15

Develop

algorithms

Develop and

for

the

problem

of

and apply algorithms,

solutions

as employed

contained

plasticity

in

notches.

such as key Neuber-based methods

in BIGIF

(EPRI NP-1830),

to

handle

the frequent problem of contained plasticity in notches and its effects

on subsequent

subcritical

fatigue and stress corrosion

crack propagation.

152 ..,.,.

486-334

/6y 0

Recommendation

Develop

DR16

additional

design

data

for

We recommend development design

components a

of

capacity

“shell”

components.

of additional design data for ultimate

the

stocky

“shell”

steel

structural

of fixed offshore platforms which often fail due to

combination

buckling. already

steel

of

elastic

Comprehensive led

to

and

plastic

research

design

method

shell

and

column

in this area has apparently improvements,

according

to

Carlsen, et al., page 23.

Recommendation

Assess

DR17

effects

of

uncertain

hot

spot

stresses

and

incorporate

into

a

PFt4

model.

The effects of uncertain hot spot stresses due to uncertainties in the joint

wave

environment,

behavior

wave

loading,

should be assessed

dynamic

response,

and incorporated

and

into a PFM

model.

Recommendation DR18

Determine

the

The

accuracy

of

“identical

dynamic, amplification

computed

from a dynamic

wave” DAFs in variable

factor

analysis

(DAF)

for

assuming

a

wave spectrums.

given

steady-state

tions (i.e., a continuous series of identical waves). to be determined a variable-wave types

how accurate this spectrum.

of work.

histories

for typical

perform a dynamic with

First,

loads

wave

is

condi-

It needs

“identical wave” DAF is for

This determination would require two one would

sequences

need to obtain

of waves.

actual

Second,

time

one would

analysis with a step-by-step time integration

calculated

at

each

153

step

from

the

actual

time

r._ ---

The stress cycles for this time history could then be

history.

compared with those computed

by the usual techniques

involving

DAFs.

Recommendation

Evaluate

the

DR19

neglect

Waves

of

with

fundamental stress

larger

wave

periods period in

cycles

periods

in

two

approximately

three

times

cause two

This

structure.

analyses.

or

often

of the structure the

fatigue

effect

the

or three

is

usually

Research should be conducted to

neglected in fatigue analyses.

evaluate this nominally non-conservative

assumption.

Recommendation DR20

Study

effects

foundation

of

soil-structure

interaction

and,

particularly,

long-term

degradation.

The

effects

long-term

of

soil-structure

foundation

particularly

true

interaction

degradation

for many

and,

particularly, This

need further study.

areas

of the Gulf

is

of Mexico where

platforms stand on deep deposits of weak soils (for example, on deposits

from

the

Mississippi

River).

This

include both analytical work and instrumentation

effect

should

of appropriate

existing and future structures.

Develop structures

a

more using

accurate both

finite joint

element

and mmber

With the proliferation

program

for

the

global

elements.

of studies on tubular joints,

possible to better understand

analysis

joint flexibilities

deformation and member ovalization.

it is now

due to shear

The feasibility and neces-

154

486-334 0

66 ‘

of

sity of developing

joint elements which could account for this

flexibility should be investigated. accurate

finite

element

program

The result would be a more for

the

global

analysis

of

structures using both joint and member elements.

Recommendation

DR22

Employ

load

crack

natural arrest

shedding

and

displacement

control

features

to

help

features.

The natural complex

load shedding

tubular

help

design

and

joints

better understood crack

and displacement fixed

and analytically arrest

control features of

offshore modeled,

features.

Such

platforms,

when

can be employed to features

could

add

substantially to the fail safety and resistance to catastrophic fracture

at

supplements

the the

welded

joint

brace-level

“level”.

fail-safe

This

improvement

redundancy

discussed

elsewhere.

Experimental

Research,

Testing

Recommendation DR23

Expand

the

range

of

tubular

joints

Since the S-N approach

tested

and

used

to

set

S-N

curves.

is still the major tool used to prevent

fatigue failures, we recommend that the range of welded tubular joints that have been tested and used to set the S-N curves be significantly

expanded

namely, almost entirely

beyond

what

simple T-joints.

to obtain ,data on a wider

data

base

mechanics ,,models

upon for

been

done

to

date;

Aside from the needs

range of joint types and to adjust

the design curve when appropriate, ideal

has

which

to

designing

tubular joints.

155

such tests would provide an benchmark against

candidate fatigue

fracture in

welded

design

6.0

CONSTRUCTION

In terms of fracture control, the main goal in construction is to limit built-in

stresses,

variations

the

size

of initial

from specified material

defects,

properties

and

(most basically)

and structural

dimensions.

choosing fabrication and installation methods, two main trade-offs fracture

control

are

made.

The

trade-offs

are the

large

choice

of

In

related to fabrication

method (frame or node) and the choice of installation method.

6.1

Swmnary The

of

Status

construction

of

fixed

steel

off-shore

structures

In the fabrication phase,

into two main phases, fabrication and installation. fracture

control

is primarily

concerned

with

material and the welding of parts together.

can be divided

quality

assurance

of incoming

Both of the two primary fabrica-

tion methods, frame and node, involve the welding of tubular joints. the node method welding

under

although

offers

favorable

more

semiautomatic

have specific

advantages

conditions.

welding,

applications.

of potential

post-weld

Most

welds

However,

heat treating are

made

and

manually,

such as Flux Core and Gas Metal Arc Welding

Emphasis

is placed on producing

a weld profile

that merges smoothly with the base material to reduce the stress concentration effect. Fabrication misalignment,

defects

and weld discontinuities,

Nondestructive

purpose”

defect.

defects

evaluation,

A decision

potential

Disposition including

such as member

which all welds have to some extent.

a

of the defects is based on a “fitness fracture

systematic error in the welding

are prevented

nondestructive Fracture

mechanics

analysis

of

to use as is or repair is made and an investigation

by employing

by closely observing the welding

process is conducted.

qualif” ed welders

and we’ding

process, and by performing

the of

Fabrication procedures,

visual and other

inspection of the welds. control

of the installation tion

into gross errors,

inspection techniques are used to detect these cracks or crack-

like defects in the welds. for

can be divided

of some types

during

installation

concentrates

on proper execution

procedures to prevent damage due to accidents. of

platforms

includes

156

“load-out”

Installa-

(loading on a barge),

transport

to site,

launch

off the barge, erection,

and final assembly.

In

other cases, the platform is floated to the site, which modifies the installation

The trend

conditions.

toward

longer tows

has made

evaluation

of the

transport process more critical to sound fracture control.

6.2

Relevant

Documentation

Relevant

source materials,

university

studies

Section 11 Summary.

are listed

standards,

specifications,

at the end of the Construction

and industry or section of the

Other key references include:

1.

Haagensen, P.J., “Improving the Welded Joints,” Offshore Welded Trondheimy Norway, 1982.

2.

P.J., “Summary of Current Design and Fatigue Fisher, Fatigue in Offshore Structures, Institute of Correlation,” Civil Engineers, Conference Proceedings, London, February 24-15, 1981.

3.

Telephone interview conducted with Robert G. Bea and Ashok Vaish, PMB Systems Engineering, Inc., San Francisco, California, on September 16 and 23, 1982.

4.

Marshdll, Peter W., “Fracture Control and Reliability for Welded Tubular Structures in the Ocean,” Shell Oil Company, presented at the Ninth NATCAM, Ithaca, New York, June 1982.

5.

National Research Council, “Inspection Gas Platforms and Risers,” Marine Engineering, Washington, D.C., 1979.

6.

Telephone interview with Peter Marshall, Houston, Texas, on August 17, 1982.

7.

“Revised Gurney, T.R., Fatigue Design Rules,” Metal Construction, revision of UK DOE Guidance, January 1983.

Fatigue Performance of Structures Conference,

157

486-334

i6 @

of Offshore Oil and Board Assembly of

Shell

Oil

Co.,

6.3

Reconmnendations for Use of

Existing

Technology

Procedures/Guidelines

Recommendation

Establish welded

CE1

the level of cathodic protection

necessary

at all fatigue-critical

joints.

It

is

important to establish

protection because times

at

all

crack

fatigue-critical

growth

faster

control of the level of cathodic welded

joints.

This

is

rates of the order of 6, and even more,

than

in

air

are

possible

given

significant

deviations

either well below or well above the -800 mV optimum

level

cathodic

of

protection.

Variables

to

be

considered

include the material, weld, and environment.

Detailed

Inspection/Analysis

Recommendation

Determine

the

for

Improvement

and Repair

of

Welded

Joints

CE2

condition

of

the

weld

root

before

improving

the

weld

toe

mance.

The

improvement techniques recommended are effective mainly .through the reduction of weld toe defect size. Care must be taken

to

determine

whether

or

not

fatigue

life

improvement

might be negated by the mode of failure involving crack growth from

the

weld

dramatically was

s,ite

distributions

would

clearly

be

improve the weld toe performance

“scheduled”

failure

It

root.

to

fail

depends of

the

soon on

after

the

governing

penetration) defects.

158

the

and

if the weld

unmodified

relative toe

unfruitful

sizes root

to root

toe. and

(e.g.,

The stress

lack

of

perfor-

Recommendation CE3

Apply the principles tion

of

repair

of

integrated

fracture

control

to

the

design

and

execu-

procedures.

An especially

fruitful

field

of integrated

fracture

control

repair

procedures.

of application

is the design and execution

The need for repair usually

sort of problem has arisen and therefore cation

decisions

stakes.

When

of the principles

associated

this

is

with

combined

repair the

have

typically

atmosphere in arriving at a decision and implementing structure,

fracture

Therefore,

the use of a formal

documenting fracture

problems

control

the

impact

control,

of

repair

as exemp” ified

important than in the more

can

or partially

the

upon

be

higher hurried

it on the

compounded.

formal method of all

in Appendix A,

elements

of

is even more

eisurely design stage and decreases

that the fi ]al repair strategy will

the probability

some

the design and fabri-

the

with

connotes

of

impair the

function of the platform or cause any added risk.

6.4

for

Recommendations

Experimental

Research,

Recommendation

Undertake

CR1

of

ways

As examples peening

to

to

testing

improve

weld

of fatigue

large-scale

to

toe

detemnine

fatigue

performance

the

effectiveness

performance.

improvement

schemes, hammer

owe their effectiveness,

of residual stresses

determine

will

component

and shot peening

reduction that

Research

-

large-scale

applications

Future

at the weld toe.

in part, to We recommend

component tests and other tasks be undertaken

whether

last in certain

or

not the

situations

residual

improvements

(e.g., high compressive

159

$g (j-334

stress

@

7/

loads

and

can shake down the compressive

residual stresses introduced and

even produce detrimental tensile residual stresses), the effect of

cathodic

protection

on

the

fatigue

strength

of

improved

joints in sea water must be established,

and the efficiency of

improvement

structures

techniques

on

large

verified.

Large scale tests

the

of decreasing

effect

defects

in

welds

Recommendation

scale

should

be

are also needed to estimate both

the

severity

through

and frequency

techniques

the

of micro

discussed

in

CR2.

Procedures/Guidelines

Recommendation

Develop joints

CR2

guidelines- for the use of available where

fatigue

There

are several effective

the

performance

fatigue

tures. fatigue

is

performance

These

costly

performance

inadequate~

These

Haagensen,which

nmginal

or

techniques been

include

inadequate.

joints are

demonstrated many

offshore only

strucwhere

be marginal

or

investigated

by

improved the weld primarily by decreasing both and micro-defects

for

“improved

welds,”

in

to

techniques,

residual stresses

(measured

in

for improving

recommended

the

be expected

for improving welded

and reliable methods

of welded

has

techniques

profile

to

improve

units

of

the

at weld toes.

all techniques

fatigue

stress

at

a

strength given

Except

listed below can by

at least 30%

fatigue

lifetime).

Guidelines for their use should be developed, based on research already performed or additional testing, as appropriate.



Grinding profiles,

these

perpendicular material

Provided

Techniques. avoid

deep

to the highest

of a depth

they

scores

or

result

in

misblends

stress components,

smooth oriented

and remove

of at least 0.5 to 1 mm in order to

remove the deepest and most harmful defects associated with “typical” weld toes. 160

!.



Weld-Toe

Remelting

Techniques.

(tungsten-inert-gas) can

significantly

fatigue

cracks

Such

techniques

as

TIG

and plasma dressing, properly applied, improve

of

depths

fatigue up

to

lifetime 3

by

removing

millimeters

and

by

lowering the hardness and improving the properties of heataffected zones.



Improved

Profile

improvement

due

profile

a

and

inconclusive discourages

profile

Use

of

Quantitative

specifying

smooth

an

transition

evaluation

overall

at

the

of

concave

toe

the latest modification

the use of non-profile

is

the weld

somewhat

to API RP-2A

welds through

use of a

Of all the improvements listed, improving

appears to be the least sure to substantially

improve fatigue



to

although

lower S-N curve. the

Welds.

Special

performance.

Electrodes.

Designed

mainly

for

higher

strength steels, these electrodes produce a final weld pass at the toe of joints with good wetting, characteristics

and

therefore

flow, and material

a smooth transition

profile

that normally avoids costly weld improvement treatments.

161

4g6-334

/73 o

7.0

INSPECTION

AND MONITORING

The fracture control-related and

in the

otherwise

installed

structure

define the extent

task of finding cracks during fabrication

requires

the capability

to

find,

size,

and

This task can be broken down into

of cracking.

four sub-tasks: (1) monitor the condition of the structure during fabrication; (2) check the (4)

the

condition

condition if

of

of

the

appropriate,

the

structure

structure

on

continually

soon

special

monitor

after

installation;

occasions,

the

(3)

when

structure

to

check

warranted;

check

its

and general

condition.

7.1

Sumnary Given

tasks tion

of the

defined types

ments:

and a

Platforms

uncertainty

above,

which

procedures

Status

it

can

is

good policy

requirements

combine

is dealt with

Research

and Risers”

to

several

to check each other.

be used

National

with the many inspections

connected

Council

some

most

(1979) and the OCS Platform

of the effort

level:

welds,

observation

in field

or NDE of the welds.

both

ultrasonic

these

methods,

inspection

focuses

penetrants on the

in primarily of

Verification

particle are

proper

testing.

sometimes execution

and

Gas

Program,

OCS

inspection

visual examination

For welds

used. of

goal being to prevent damage due to accidents

Following

installation

at

of the requires

inaccessible

to

fabrication,

procedures--the

and avoid overloads during the

sensitive load out, transport, launch, and dismantlement processes.

162

two docu-

Given the criticality of

involves weld

process,

sub-

inspec-

Oil

NDE of welded tubular joints typically

and magnetic dye

inspections

of the welding

independent

“Inspection

Order #8, especially Section 9 under “Requirements”. welds,

the

The subject of inspection

in detail

report,

in

7.2

Relevant Documentation Relevant

source materials,

studies

university

are

Section 11 Summary.

7.3

specifications,

at the end of the

and industry or

Inspection

section

Marshall, Peter W., “Fracture Control and Reliability for Welded Tubular Structures in the Ocean,” Shell Oil Company, presented at the.Ninth NATCAM, Ithaca, New York, June 1982.

2.

National Research Council. “Inspection of Offshore Oil and Gas Platforms and Rise~s,” Marine of Board, Assembly Engineering, Washington, D.C., 1979.

Recommendations

for

Testing,

1~1’

Determine

suitability

known

Of

to

have

all

most

fluids

able,

other

taking

the

those

in

near

we

joints

in

design

techniques,

A

lacking

good

proof from

control

reason

testing

testing the

offshore

of

for this

in the design advocate

will

be by

selected

effectively the

process

careful

have

lack of

insurmountjoints

load

proof

out

and

While we are not necessarily

seen

for this

inspection stresses

163

486-334

is

general

complex steel jackets.

phase

to

procedure

envelope.

and in some cases,

proof

operational

known

inspection

is leak testing of members which store

be the extreme,

do

an

their

fracture

buoyancy).

operations.

as

or

with

certain- joints

credit

testing,

or

large and structurally

hand,

transport

testing at

(one exception

difficulties

before

Technologies

“inspection”

concerned

would

extremely

proof

deernphasized

or;provide

emphasis

Existing

stresses

common

notably

platforms

of

of

seen

the

literature

Use

Research

Recommendation

the

of the

Other key references include:

1.

Experimental

joints

listed

standards,

(j~~

at

or

On the tested other

advocating

effective and

in

proof

analysis near

of

their

for

design

envelope

before

placing

the

structure

into

operation.

In general, if only because proof testing is such a big part of fracture

control

complexity more

than

and

a fixed platform’s

consideration

tool, whether

components

of

should

be

of

lesser

steel jacket, we feel that

given

or not such proof

structures

this

valuable

inspection

loads are ever to be applied

independently of the normal transport of the platform.

Guidelines

and Detailed

Recommendation

Inspection/Analysis

for

Impact

IE2

Combine independent inspection mthods.

The varying strengths and weaknesses 1) global/visual,

inspection: to

find

measure

and any

opportunity

size

cracks;

degradation to

simultaneously

use

between the three types of

“to count the braces”;

and

3)

operational

in the structure

several

different

and synergistically

2) NDE,

monitors,

in time inspection

to dramatically

to

provides

an

procedures improve the

inspection resolution and false alarm rate over that associated with

a single type of inspection.

inspection procedures recommended,

tailored

Recommendation

Recommendation

Tailor

the

to

the

three needs

of independent

categories of

each

is strongly

platform

(see

IE3).

IE3

inspection

procedures

Given

the redundancy

fixed

offshore

tailor

from these

Combination

the

to

inspection

characteristics

ally,

if

“counting

intended

application.

and use of forgiving,

platforms,

alarm

the

we

believe

discrimination; to the

the

intended

braces”

164

4$6-334 0

/76

every

tough materials

in

it is very important

to

sensitivity, application. year

is

and

false

Specific-

sufficient

to

provide adequate structural

reliability of a platform, it makes

no sense to demand supersensitive small uncertainty used to monitor tion,

the

key

tions

which,

the highest

of, say, an underwater the joints.

is the in

be a mistake

increase

the

provide

strong

inspec-

protection

platform

against

low level of applications,

to spend large research funds to, say,

resolution

the

inspection

use of independent

For most fixed offshore

it would

half

ultrasonic

As stated in a prior recommenda-

simultaneous

aggregate,

or sizing or

risk failure modes with an acceptably

false alarms.

find

crack detection

cracks

of an inspection

of

depth

0.25 mm

procedure rather

so it can

than

half

the

cracks of depth 0.5 mm (1Ierhaps at the cost of additional false This

alarms).

improving ,local

money

would

monitor ng

probably

devices

be

which

better

can

spent

reliably

in

detect

significant loss of load carrying capacity of a brace.

Recommendation

Make

IE4

inspection

One

plans

of the

site-specific.

recommendations

(,1979) report

Counci 1 specific.

Each type

is

stressed that

inspection

of structure,

process, each operating environment

by the National plans

Research be

site-

each tow and installation has its own characteristics

and each involves separate inspection considerations.

Education,

Training

Recommendation

Ensure

that

quately

trained.

I&5

divers,

Ensure personnel

platform

that

divers,

are

operators,

platform

adequately

trained.

165

486-334

~

and

inspection

operators,

personnel

and

Monitoring

are

inspection

equipment

is

ade-

often

only

as

reliable

people

should

career

expectations

commitment

demands.

acceptance upgrading

by the

engineer. the

have

as

people

the

associated

that

such

This

the

the

a

education,

level

of

it.

These

attitude,

and

responsibility

and

is an idea that has recently gained

nuclear room

power

industry,

a technician

now

The attendant .aggregate increase in understanding

of

to

from

is

an

is expected

operator

which

to

system

control

operating

result in increased

reliability

and

safety for the industry.

7.4

Recmmnendations

Analytical

Future

Research

Evaluation/Development

Recommendation

Further

develop

the

of

use

for

IR1

nmnitoring

divers,

Several signal

and

systems have

structural the

catastrophic

these

monitoring

distress events

of

of

systems

the

structure

can occur.

false

have

minimize

alarms.

the

well

potential

before

This distress

fatigue damage,

monitoring systems

the

rate

be discriminating,

the

to

most

could involve a

large cracks, or a failed

Emphasis should be given to the further development of

use of divers, with

be portable,

an acceptable

higher-than-expected member.

to

produce

structure’s

to

make

them

portable,

a level of discrimination redundancy,

rate of false alarms.

166

486-334

@>

and

have

an

minimize

the

commensurate

acceptably

low

8.0

OPERATION The primary

goal of fracture

control during operation

the risk of operating the structure tions

of

the

structure cracks

structure

exists

must

as it was

in the offshore environment.

be considered:

designed

routine

control is concerned with protecting

Two condi-

conditions,

to exist, and damaged

(or other damage) may be present.

normal operating conditions

is to minimize

when

conditions,

Under design conditions,

the when

fracture

the structure from damage due either to

or such accidents as boat collisions.

One tech-

nique for lowering the risk associated with structural failure during routine operation

is to evacuate

conditions,

fracture

a platform

control

is

Under damaged

prior to a large storm.

concerned

with

preserving

the

structural

integrity.

8.1

Swmnary

of

Fracture tasks:

Status control

practices

during operation

can be divided

into four

minimize the formation of cracks, monitor any cracks that may start,

assess

the

crack’s

impact

necessary remedial steps.

on the

integrity

of the structure,

and take the

The fracture control aspects of the routine opera-

tion of a fixed steel offshore structure are mostly concerned with minimizing the occurrence of high stresses, cracks, and other damage.

Cracks can initi-

ate during operation due to accidents, such as falling pieces of equipment, or improper maintenance, tem.

This

procedures

damage

especially

can

be avoided

for the structure.

tions and structu,nal monitoring. are determined

using

maintenance

of the cathodic protection

by closely

Crack detection

following

specified

sys-

operating

is based on scheduled inspec-

Once a crack is found, its size and location

various nondestructive

examinations.

An evaluation

is

made of the effect, of the crack on the joint or member and the effect of the damaged

element

whether

to repair the crack and, if so, a suitable

ted.

on the structure.

A

risk analysis

is performed

to decide

repair method

is selec-

Alternatives to repair include non-routine operations to reduce the risk

inherent in the presence of the crack.

167

8.2

Relevant Documentation Relevant

source materials,

university

studies

Section II

Summary.

8.3

are

Recommendations

listed

standards,

at the

end

specifications, of the

and industry or

Operation

section

of the

for Use of Existing Technology

Recommendation OE1

Spell

out

available

crack

repair

schemes

in

operation,

emphasizing

their

effects on fracture control and safety risk.

In

order

to

treatment spelled schemes, risk

make

of

out

rational

cracks

and

action.

be

a

the

in turn,

structure,

primary

factor

Recommendation

(See

concerning

different

considered

de-rating

shou~d

the

decisions

alternatives including

and in

under

the

“do the

remedial

should

various

nothing.” choice

“Education,

of

be

repair Safety

remedial

Training”

in

Section 5.3).

8.4

Recmnendations

for

Future

Research

Recommendation OR1

Consider

redundancy

more

quantitatively

in

undertaking

risk-based

remedial

actions.

A

study

of

structural

redundancy

and the

qualification

of

a

structure’s tolerance to cracks should be performed for typical designs

so that

a measure

of

risk can be computed

based remedial action decisions.

168

for risk-

9.0

OVERVIEW

9.1

General

AND PRIORITIZATION

Conclusions

As stated plan already

in Section 3, the elements of an integrated fracture control

exist within

the offshore

industry,

from

rules and guidelines

such as API RP-2A and the ABS Rules to the use of fracture control generalists and

engineering

construction,

teams

consider

who

and operation

has an explicit, written

fracture

through

To our knowledge,

phases.

fracture

control

control plan.

the

design,

one major oil company

While such a detailed plan

may not be the answer, and, on an industry-wide basis, could not be expected to

cover

every

case,

a more

uniform

application

of existing

technology

is

report

most

expressed

as

recommended. The

recommendations

modifications ai ready

to

or

reasonably

recommendations existing

can

system

communication

this

applications well be

(rather

among

in

the

of

fracture

than

as

follows:

trying

various

to

(1)

start

disciplines

often

control

The

established.

stated

are

practices

major

themes

improve anew),

and and

and the many

that

these

in

optimize (2)

are

the

encourage

organizations

and

individuals impacting fracture control.

9.2

Prioritization Because

of

Recommendations

of the large number of recommendations,

all can be implemented at once.

it is clear that not

Therefore, it is desirable

of the relative importance of the recommendations.

to have a ranking

Such a ranking is given in

this subsection, based solely on the opinions of Failure Analysis Associates’ staff,

in view of the survey results.

It is expected that others will have

different opinions. The recommendations naturally fall into two groups: (1) those for which existing technology by designers,

is sufficiently developed so that they can be implemented

builders, and operators

(in some cases via regulations,

or codes), and (2) those directed toward future research. tions,

engineers

interested

in

upgrading

169

4$6-334

DPI

fracture

rules,

With these distinc-

control

on

immediate

projects

would

refer

to

the

first

group,

and

organizations

interested

in

research to advance the state of the art would emphasize the second group in their planning. The

most

important

features

of

recommendations

for use

of

existing

technology

are believed to be (in order) effect on control of fractures, ease

of

probability

(or

implementation. three-point

A

of

successful)

ranking

based

system

is

rating

implementation,

on these

used

for

factors

each

cost

and

is given in Table

feature,

with

higher

of

1.

A

rating

corresponding to greater motivation to implement the recommendation.

In

rating each recommendation

for its effect on fracture control, the

tendency was to give higher

rating to those that draw attention to the need

for fracture

control.

reasoning

ensure

the

that

responsible

control issues. involvement

The

engineers

The midlevel

with

specific

is that the most are

actively

critical focusing

step is to on

fracture

rating was given to those activities of direct fracture

problems,

and

the

lower

rating

to

activities which primarily supply more or better general information.

In

rating

ease

requiring

management

requiring

quantitative

of

decision

implementation,

those

or education were

application

of

existing

midrange, and one requiring a multidisciplinary

recommendations

simply

given highest

rating, those

methods

rated

were

in the

approach was rated difficult.

Cost of implementation was visualized in terms of engineering manpower required

for

a

platform

multidisciplinary Creation viewed

of

teams

permanent

as moderately

over over

its

life

extended

periods

or semi-permanent expensive.

cycle.

small

Activities

Thus, were groups

activities

regarded or

of specific

as

focal

requiring expensive.

points

problem

were

evaluation

were thought to be less expensive. After

each

recommendation

was

assigned

a

rating

for each

desirable

feature, an overall ranking was established to a first order by “point count” and to a second order by giving highest weight to effect on fracture control, second highest to ease of implementation,

170

and lowest weight to cost.

Table Ranking

of

Recommendations

for

1 Use

of

Recommendation

Existing

Technology

Effect on Control of Fractures

Ease of Implementation

cost of Implementation

l-Smal 1 2-Moderate 3-Large

l-Difficult 2-Moderate 3-Easy

l-High 2-Moderate 3-Low

1.

ME1

Make routine and extensive use of simplified analysis procedures, such as the FASD.

3

3

3

2.

FE1

Encourage Fracture Control Integration.

3

3

2

3.

DE6

Survey the entire-structure elements.

3

3

2

4.

FE3

Modify punching shear criteria to prevent other failure modes.

2

3

3

5.

IE2

Combine independent inspection methods.

3

2

2

6.

IE3

Tailor the inspection procedures to the intended application.

2

3

2

7.

FE2

Document the effects of every major structural decision or change upon all fracture control elements.

2

3

2

8.

DE1

Use first-order abounding fracture mechanics models to determine relative effects of toughness and fatigue-design control.

2

2

3

9.

DE2

Supplement S-N curves with deterministic fracture mechanics approaches.

2

2

10.

FE4

Use a calibratedfracture mechanics model to address tough fatigue and fracture problems.

2

2

11.

DE4

Teach engineers to review their thinking on safety factors in order to avoid dangerous design assumptions which may actually reduce the structure’s reliability.

2

2

12

DE5

Reduce the human error factor through education and minor modification of the MMS Platform Verification Program.

2

2



for critical

171

486-334

_

-

Table

1 (Cent’d)

Recommendation

Effect on Control of Fractures

Ease of Implementation

cost of Implementation

l-Smal 1 2-Moderate 3-Large

l-Difficult 2-Modeiate 3-Easy

l-High 2-Moderate 3-Low

13.

CE3

Apply the principles of integrated fracture control to the design and execution of repair procedures.

2

2

2

14.

IE4

Make inspection plans site-specific.

2

2

2

15.

IE5

Ensure that divers; ”platform operators, and inspection personnel are adequately trained.

2

2

2

16.

CE2

Determine the condition of the weld root before improving the weld toe performance.

1

2

3

17.

FE5

Apply structural reliability models to optimize design and operational decisions.

3

1

1

18.

ME2 Designate a materials fracture control

1

2

2

specialist for each application for which a correlation between standard specifications and quantitative fracture properties has not been established. 19.

DE3

Model size/shape of crack and transition behavior in brace or leg.

1

2

2

20.

CE1

Establish the level of cathodic protection necessary at all fatigue-critical welded joints.

1

2

2

21.

IE1

Determine the suitability of proof testing as an inspection procedure for joints known to have seen stresses at or near their design envelope.

1

2

2

22.

OE1

Spell out available crack repair schemes in operation , emphasizing their effects on fracture control and safety risk.

1

2

2

172

486”334

Q@

For future research recommendations, the desirable features were deemed to

be the

effect

successful), performing system

the

on control probability

the research.

and the third

of

fractures

of

success

(assuming

of the

the

research

research,

and the

would

be

cost

of

The first two features were rated on a three-point

on the

basis

of estimated

personhours

to perform

the

(Personhours are escalated to account for

research as indicated in Table 2.

additional costs in computer or test intensive research.)

In rating research recommendations for effect on control of fractures, the authors considered the likelihood that the results would be actively used as well as the more obvious consideration of what effect the method would have if used.

An

important

aspect was consideration

of what

is presently

that is, what

increment

over present technology

would the

used;

research provide?

There was also a tendency to give higher rating to research which would likely result in specific improved design or construction also made to rate these control

of

fractures

recommendations

research

only)

in Table 1.

since the correspondence

on

recommendations the

same

scale

features.

An attempt was

(with respect to effect on as

the

existing

technology

No such attempt was made for the other features,

between other features in the two groups is not one-

for-one. Ratings for the probability of success feature were influenced for most items

by

influenced

our

judgement

of

the

by how definitively

could be visualized.

technical

feasibility.

the final work

This

was

in

turn

product of the recommendation

The only low probability of success rating was given to

failure data base development, but because of our knowledge

not because of technical feasibility concerns, of the reluctance of people who have access to

such information to record, collect, and supply the data. even in the nuclear power industry where motivations

This has been true

for such activities are

considerably greater. Our estimates

of personhours

would need to be refined believe

the

opportunities.

estimates The

for

research

are tentative

at best and

if serious intentions to fund a project develop. are

estimates

reasonable generally

for

comparison

represent the smallest

of

173



4$6-334

[f60

research

increment

work that has a reasonable chance of satisfying the recommendation.

We

of

Table Ranking

of

2

Recommendations

for

Recommendation

,!

Future

Research

Effect on Control of Fractures

Probability of Success

l-Smal 1

l-Low

Z-Moderate 3-Large

2-Moderate 3-Hi gh

cost Personhours of Research

1.

CR2

Develop guidelines for the use of available techniques for improving welded joints where fatigue performance is marginal or inadequate.

3

3

5000

2.

IR1

Further develop monitoring systems to be portable, be discriminating, minimize the use of divers, and have an acceptable rate of false alarms.

3

2

6000

3*

CR1

Undertake large-scale component testing the effectiveness and applications of ways to improve weld toe fatigue performance.

3

2

8000

4.

MR2

Collect reliable fracture data to be matched up with offshore needs in order to produce recommended programs for for closing the “data gap.”

2

3

2000

5.

DR15

Develop algorithms for the problem of contained plasticity in notches.

2

3

2000

6.

DR3

Develop deterministic design and fitnessfor-purpose approaches for routine analysis of significance of defects and for development of examples and guidelines.

2

3

3000

7.

DR9

Define stress, gradients and other characteristics of the subsurface stress distribution.

2

3

3000

8.

DR1O

Develop accurate, versatile crack analysis methods.

2

3

3000

9.

MR1

Start a materials data base for all important measured fracture parameters of offshore structural steels.

2

3

4000

4$(5-334

Table2

(Cent’d)

Recommendation

..

Effect on Control of Fractures

Probability of success

l-Smal 1 2-Floderate 3-Large

2-Moderate 3-High

l-Low

cost Personhours of Research

10.

DR2

Develop accurate stress intensity factor solutions for all stress fields and crack geometries of concern. Include evaluation of displacement control exhibited by most In additubular joint crack geometries. tion, develops handbook or software library of stress intensity factor solutions for often occurring geometries and load cases.

2

3

5000

11.

DR22

Employ natural load shedding and displacement control features to help design crack arrest features.

2

3

5000

12.

MR5

Set up a “devil’s advocate” testing program to evaluate fracture criteria.

2

2

1000

13.

DR14

Determine the feasibility of determining approximate effects of stress gradients in estimating elastic-plastic crack tip stress parameters.

2

2

1500

14.

DR1

Develop a data base of service and repair histories.

2

2

2000

15.

DR4

Develop a probabilistic fracture mechanics approach for routine crack analysis.

2

2

2000

16.

DR12

Study methods .for determining hot spot stresses and tubular joint behavior outside the standard case.

2

2

2000

17.

DR16

Develop additional design data for steel “shell” components.

2

2

2000

18.

DR13

Study wave loading and associated phenomena more closely and develop guidelines for application.

2

2

2000

19.

OR1

Consider redundancy more quantitatively in undertaking risk-based remedial actions.

2

2

3000

4$6-334

i

!,

Table

2 (Cent’d)

Recommendation

Effect on Control of Fractures

Probability of success

l-Smal 1 2-Moderate 3-Large

Z-Moderate 3-Hi gh

l-Low

cost Personhours of Research

20.

MR3

Fund quantitative toughness testing using specimens which simulate the physical characteristics at the crack border of the structure.

2

2

4000

21.

DR20

Study effectsof soil-structure interaction and, particularly, long-term foundation degradation.

2

2

4000

22.

DR21

Develop a more accurate finite element program for the global analysis of structures using both joint and member elements.

2

2

4000

23.

FR3

Build improved structural reliability models capable of calibrating to and extrapolating from field experience.

2

2

5000

24.

DR23

Expand the range of tubular joints tested and used to set S-N curves.

2

2

8000

25.

FR1

Survey industries using more formal fracture control documents than does the offshore industry.

1

3

1500

26.

DR19

Evaluate the neglect of larger wave periods in fatigue analyses.

1

3

1500

27.

FR2

Prove that Charpy tests are meaningful for new situations.

1

3

2000

28.

DR6

Define applications suitable for use of higher-order-average alternating-stress methods for life prediction.

1

3

2000

29.

DR18

Determine the accuracy of “identical wave” DAFs in variable wave spectrums.

1

3

2000

30.

MR4

Define and execute an experimental program to evaluate constant amplitude fatigue, overload, and underload effects upon crack growth. Ensure that an adequate range of crack propagation rates is covered.

1

3

6000

I

176

486”334

m

Table

2 (Cent’d) Effect on Control of Fractures

Recommendation

31.

FR4

Build a data base of failure, and success experience for those who influence fracture

32.

DR1l

Consider predicted life of

the effect of wave loadings a structure. the statistical the variability crack growth

33.

DR7

Formalize defining critical

34.

DR8

Estimate origins

35.

DR5

Establish design loads against impact damage sions, etc.)

36.

DR17

Assess stresses

the ~ffect at the weld

effects and

!’i.

,

Personhours of Research 8000

1

2

1000

1

2

1500

crack-site

1

2

1500

protection explo-

1

2

2000

1

2

3000

fatigue

approach to of S-N and subdata.

of uncertain hot spot incorporate into a PFM model.

,’

l-Low Z-Moderate 3-Hi gh 1

greater-thanupon the

for and (collisions,

l-smal 1 Z-Moderate 3-Large

cost

2

accident, feedback to control.

of mltiple toe.

Probability of Success

In combining the three features to obtain an overall ranking, cost was used only as a second order consideration.

This is justified

on the basis

that none of the costs are significant compared to the enormous potential cost avoidances

associated

avoidances

include

repairs,

and

with

a

successful

reduction

failsafe

completion.

in the

component

number

failures,

These

of premature

as

well

as

potential service

the

of fractures

was

given

slightly

more weight

cracks,

possibility

reducing the already low rate of more serious platform failure modes. on control

cost

of

Effect

than probability

of

success, partly for the same reasons.

In

Table

according

3,

the

to their

recommendations

subject

order of decreasing

matter.

cost.

The

fracture

(18%).

If

eleven

research

categories

the

and component testing

recommended

programs

control or the lowest probability

number of programs

future

with

the

lowest

and

fracture

intended

to

mechanics.

is different

control provide

effect

on

of success are deleted, then the and the cost The result is

As in Table 3, a majority of the total cost is expended

and fracture

terms of cost,

in

(28%) and fracture

is reduced from 36 to 24 (a 33% reduction)

presented in Table 4.

listed

are presented

decreases from 118,500 hours to 86,500 hours (a 27% reduction).

in testing

are

As shown in the table, almost half of the program

costs are in the areas of materials mechanics

for

the order of the programs,

from that of Table 3 and two categories,

systems, the

However,

do

reader

n&

appear

with

a

at

better

programs in terms of their application and cost.

178

d86-334

/90 O

all. picture

Tables of

the

3

in

impact

and 4

are

recommended

Table Reconnendations

Subject

by Subject

Recommendation

Material & Component Testing

Fracture Mechanics

3

‘-

CR1 MR2 MR3 MR5 DR16 DR23 1FR2 1NR4

Rankingz 3-2 2-3 2-2 2-2

Cost-1000 hrs 8.0 2.0 4.0 1.0 2.0 8.0 2.0 6.0

::; 1-3 1-3

33.0 (28%) DR2 DR3 DR1O DR15 DR4 DR14 1DR8 1DR17

5.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 ::: 21.0 (18%)

Data Base Enhancement

Fatigue

Stress Analysis

MR1 DR1 1FR4

2-3 2-2 2-1

4.0 2.0 8.0 14.0 (12%)

DR13 lDR7 lDR1l 1DR6 1DR18 1DR19

2-2 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3

2.0 1.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 10.0

DR9 DR22 DR12 DR21

(9%)

3.0 5.0 2.0 4.0

::; 2-2 2-2

14.0 (12%) 1 Recommendations having either probability of success.

a low effect

on fracture

z Numbers refer to effect on fracture control--probability

control

or a low

of success.

Table

Subject

3 (Continued)

Recommendation 1

Risk Analysis & Reliability

OR1 FR3

Nondestructive Examination

3-2

Foundations

DR20

3 Cost of all recommendations percentage of the total cost.

in each

subject

expressed

(4%)

4.0

(3%)

2.0

(2%)

1.5

(1%)3

118.5(100%)

on fracture

z Numbers refer to effect on fracture control--probability

5.0

1.5

1-3

a low effect

(5%)

2.0

TOTAL

1 Recommendations having either probability of success.

6.0

4.0

1-2

lFR1

Fracture Control Systems

(7%)

5.0

2-2

1DR5

Impact

8.0 6.0

3-3

CR2

Cost-1000 hrs

3.0 5.0

2-2 2-2

IR1

Welding Improvement

Rankingz

control

or a low

of success. in hours and as a

Table Most

Significant

Subject

Material & Component Testing

4

Recommendations

By Subject

Recommendations

Rankingl

cost

CR1 MR2 MR3 MR5 DR16 DR23

3-2 2-3 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2

DR2 DR3 DR1O DR15 DR4 DR14

2-3 2-3 2-3 ;:; 2-2

DR9 DR22 DR12 DR21

2-3 2-3 2-2 2-2

4.0

Risk Analysis & Reliability

OR1 FR3

2-2 2-2

3.0 5.0

Nondestructive Examination

IR1

3-2

6.0

Data Base Enhancement

MR1 DR1

Welding Improvement

CR2

3-3

5.0

Foundations

DR20

2-2

4.0

Fatigue

DR13

2-2

2.0

8.0 2.0 4.0 ;:: 8.0 25.0 (29%)

Fracture Mechanics

5.0 ;:: 2.0 2.0

1.5 16.5 (19%)

Stress Analysis

3.0 5.0 2.0 14.0 (16%)

1 Numbers refer to effect on fracture control--probability in each

(9%)

6.0

(7%)

6.0

(7%)

5.0

(6%)

4.0

(5%)

2.0

(2%)

4.0 2.0

TOTAL

z Cost of all recommendations percentage of the total cost.

8.0

subject expressed

86.5(100%)

of success. in hours

and as a

10.0

REFERENCES

1.

Pellini, W.S., Criteria for Fracture Control Plans, Naval Laboratory, NRL Report 7405, Washington, D.C., May 11, 1972.

2.

Marshall. P.W.. “A Review of American Criteria for Tubular Structures 1978. and Proposed Revisions,” IIW DOC. XV-405-77,

3.

Marshall, Peter W., “Fracture Control and Reliability for Welded Tubular Structures in the Ocean,” Shell Oil Company, presented at the Ninth NATCAM, Ithica, New York, June 1982.

4.

Haagensen, P.J., “Improving the Fatigue Performance of Welded Offshore Welded Structures Conference, Trondheim, Norway, 1982.

5*

Carlsen, C.A., T. Kvalstad, H. Moseby, E.M.Q. R~ren, T. Wiik, “Lessons Learned from Failure and Damage of Offshore Structures,” Eighth International Ship Structures Congress, Gdansk, 1982.

6.

Fisher, P.J., “Summary of Current Design and Fatigue Correlation,” Fatigue in Offshore Structures, Institute of Civil Engineers, Conference Proceedings, London, February 24-25, 1981.

7.

Marshall, P.W., “Fixed-Bottom, Pile-Supported, Steel Offshore Platforms,” ASCE Convention, Task Committee on Sea-Based Structures, Atlanta, October 1979.

8.

“Revised Fatigue Design Gurney, T.R., revision of UK DOE Guidance, January 1983.

9.

Hulbert, L.E., “Three-Dimensional Fracture Research Report, November 30, 1976.

10.

Rules,”

Metal

Analysis,”

Research

--

Joints,”

Construction,

Battelle-Columbus

Engesvik, Knut, M., ~ Technology Marine Norwegian Institute Welded Joints, Center, Technology, Report No. UR-82-17, Trondheim, Norway, December 1981.

of

11.

National Research Council, “Inspection of Offshore Oil and Gas Platforms and Risers,” Marine Broad, Assembly of Engineering, Washington, D.C., 1979.

12.

National Research Council, “Safety and Assembly of Engineering, Washington, D.C.,

Offshore

Oil,”

Marine

Board,

1981.

13.

Marshall, P.W., “Experience-Based, Fitness-for-Purpose Ultrasonic Reject Criteria for. Tubular Structures,” American Welding Society -- Welding Institute Conference, Atlanta, May 1982.

14.

Carter, R.M., P.W. Marshall, P.D. Thomas, and T.M. Swanson, Problems in Offshore Platforms,” OTC paper 1043, 1969.

182

+86-334

“Materials

15.

Failure Analysis Associates, “BIGIF -- Fracture Mechanics Code for Structures, ” Electric Power Research Institute, EPRI NP-1830, April 1981.

16.

Rolfe, S.T. and J.M. Prentice Hall, Inc.,

Barsom, Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures,

New Jersey,

1977.

17.

Telephone interview conducted with Robert G. Bea and Ashok Vaish, PMB San Francisco, California, on September 16 and Systems Engineering, Inc., 23, 1982.

18.

and S.T. Rolfe, Fracture Control Practices for McHenry, H.I. Structures, National Bureau of Standards, IR79-1623, January 1980.

19.

Telephone Interview with Peter Marshall, Shell Oil Co., Houston, Texas, on August 17, 1982.

486-334

Metal

IV.

CONCLUSIONS

AND GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS

A survey of experts and the open literature was conducted to determine the current essential

fracture

control

practices

for fixed offshore

elemen,ts of fracture control were identified operation,

construction,

and inspection.

structures.

as materials,

The

design,

Each of these areas was summarized

and evaluated to identify areas where use of existing technology would suggest cost-effective

improvements

and

to

identify

promising

areas

of

technical

research. This used other best

survey

revealed

that the more advanced

in the United States high-technology methods

used

offshore

industries

considerably

codes used in several other best methods they

should

industry

such

closely

surpasses

industries

Thus,

control methods

parallel

those used by

Sophistication

as aerospace. analysis

requirements

(e.g., nuclear power).

do not appear to be as uniformly be.

fracture

of

of the typical

However, the

applied and/or documented

it is recommended that emphasis

as

for the foreseeable

future be placed first on more widespread and uniform use of the best existing methods and second on steady improvements could be accomplished

in the methods.

voluntarily under leadership of the platform operators.

revealed that typical ly, designers

(The survey

The first emphasis

operators for guidance.)

and constructors

look to the

The second emphasis should be addressed by research

organizations. An

operator

who

wishes

to

take

positive

steps

toward

more

uniform

fracture control should do so by using the fracture control checklist provided in

Appendix

B

and

documenting

efforts

explicitly

pointed

control in a format such as recommended in Appendix A. tation,

used

technology

in

conjunction

in Section

III

of

with

this

the

forefront of fracture control in the industry.

fracture

This list and documen-

recommendations

report, would

toward

place

for an

use

of

operator

existing at the

Since instantaneous changes in

several areas at once are not usually feasible, the operator should make use of the priority ranking provided in Table 1.

184

4$6”334

It is believed that the economic

benefit

gained in

mentation.

The

problem

avoidance

particular

would

gain would

greatly

depend

exceed

the

on how much

cost

of

this

imple-

recommended

approach differs from the operator’s present approach. A need for substantial

future research at

to $12 million was identified. about

three

years)

Unless sources for this order of funding (over

are already

identifying such sources.

a minimum cost of about $8-

available,

the first

step should

be toward

Although not specifically addressed in this report,

it is believed that this research cost is quite small compared to the economic benefits

that would

problems.

Our

accrue

basically

from avoidance

positive

of cracking,

assessment

repair,

throughout

this

state of the art of fracture control of offshore structures to fracture

control practices

that cost-effective

here.

of

other

that technology

industries

Most of the

problems

report of the

(e.g., as compared

certainly

does not imply

improvements are not obtainable.

We do not believe support

in other industries)

and failure

will

greatly

recommendations

encountered

in

offshore

transfer

from ongoing

influence

the

research

needs

in

identified

are too closely associated with specific structures

to

gain

other

than

a

general

benefit from other research. To the

extent

used to establish

that

full funds cannot

research priorities.

list numerically,

but more certain

from

and

construction

strong contenders

inspection

be obtained, Table

Design

recommendations

and effective advances.

for high priority

funding.

Some

immediate materials

2 should be dominate

the

payoffs may come tasks

are

also

In the spirit of an integrated

fracture control improvement, a balanced approach is recommended, where one or more tasks are selected from at least the design, materials, construction, and inspection fracture control elements.

185

486-334

Appendix FRACTURE

CONTROL:

A

STATEMENT

OF EFFECTS

The following exemplifies a recommended compromise between the development and use of a comprehensive

fracture control plan “Bible” and no fracture

control

plan

all.

example

has been stated qualitatively;

documentation

at

For

Description

of

form which

illustration,

the

as will be indicated, in an

information could be included.

data for a frontier location indicates a more severe

than anticipated

in the design of a fixed offshore plat-

is already in an advanced

phase of fabrication.

audit reveals that with the important exception tubular-joint

of

Problem

New oceanographic fatigue environment

purpose

although,

actual application extensive quantitative

A.1

the

A careful design

of eight nominally

identical

brace-can intersection hot spot weld-toe locations, the original

design will be adequate for the harsher loading/environmental fatigue

analysis

of the eight hot spot locations

ginally

unacceptable

due to the

greater

fatigue

conditions.

A

reveals that they are mardamage

associated

with

the

more severe wave load spectrum. After careful consideration in

some

cases

have

measure),

it has

increase

adequately

tion.

included

been

a fracture

decided

the fatigue

(Assume that the weld

of several alternative measures

to

control

grind the

performance

effect

critical

(which may

statement

weld-toe

for

each

locations

to

of the eight hot spots in ques-

root performance

is al ready adequate. )

As part

of the effort to both select and justify this fatigue performance improvement method, the following il lustration of a fracture control plan statement might have been offered.

A.2

Primary Both

Impact

on Fracture

Control

relevant S-N literature

fatigue analysis

of

Held-Toe

Grinding

Improvement

data and a fracture mechanics-based

reveal that weld-toe

weld

grinding will improve the fatigue life

under a given spectrum by at least a factor of three.

A-1

(The most recent U.K.

DOE

fracture

design

rules

permit

the

equivalent

assumption

factor of 2.2 life increase without a supporting analysis.) is accomplished by reduction of the weld-toe tration

and

grinding

inherent

should

not

crack-like be taken

at

least

a

This improvement

(notch) geometry’s stress concen-

defects.

without

of

Life

cathodic

improvement

protection

credit

or the

from

corrosive

action may pit the surface and negate most of the benefits of grinding.

This

improvement has been calculated to be adequate to handle the more hostile wave loading

spectrum

associated

tainties

and/or

controversy

with the new platform engendered

location.

(If

by the above analysis

the uncer-

and literature

search were large , a structural simulation experiment, with and without weldtoe grinding could be performed to “prove” the fix, if time permitted.) This primary effect on fracture control is nothing more than the reason for the design impact

of

followed

change.

this

What

change

that

in some form.

The

follows good

is a more comprehensive

engineering

point

practice

of our illustration

survey

dictates

of the

should

be

is to show how this

“common-sense, good engineering practice” could be documented in the form of a fracture control effect statement.

A.3

Secondary Control

Influences Plan

Material: microstructure grinding

The and

of

last

hardest

operation.

properties,

welding weld

the

Grinding

pass,

metal,

Furthermore,

decrease due to grinding. material

Held-Toe

the

on an Integrated

which

will

be

effective

contains

Fracture

the

removed

by

initial

most the

crack

suspect

specified

size

should

With no other significant impact of grinding upon secondary

effect

of

this

change

on

the

material

element of fracture control can only be positive. The primary design effect of reducing the surface and relevant

m:

stress concentrations 111:4.2.

at the hot spot have already been addressed in Section

There are, however, several secondary effects on local geometry and

stress fields, and hence upon design, which might be detrimental. A worst-case tolerance analysis of the new weld profile indicates that the brace and can cross-sections Specifically,

it

is determined

themselves could be reduced by the grinding. that

the

local thickness

A-2

~86-334

~~(j D

of the

brace wall

could be reduced by 5% and of the can, 3%.

Rather than performing a detailed

finite element analysis to model this local thickness reduction, the brace and can wall bending and membrane

stresses

have been multiplied

by the following

tabulated factors.

Factors for Uorst-Case Of Section Properties

Reduction By Grinding

“Nominal” Maximum Principal Stress Component (perpendicular to Weld-Toe Defect)

Increase in Finite Element Stress Closest to Hot Spot Brace Can

Membrane [(l:i::!)-1]

[(1-:!0?+]

[(1-;!}:) -2]

[(1-;:;:) -2]

Bending

Assume for this example that these factors have been incorporated into and are discounted overall

within

the

primary

factor-of-three

secondary

impact

surface

to

mentioned

before which

revealed

of fatigue life performance.

with this

local thickness

reduction

the

Thus, the has already

bounded within the fatigue analysis.

Three geometrical considered.

improvements

associated

been conservatively

analysis

effects of grinding upon the weld profile have been

First, grind depth should be at least 40-mils below the original be

reasonably

sure

of

removing

weld-toe

fabrication

defects.

Second, it is standard practice that the grinding direction should be parallel to the maximum principle stress direction. to

can

rather than

grinding

would

not

fatigue cracking.

around be

the

(That is, most likely, from brace

brace.)

Thus,

in

direction

oriented

a

The third geometrical

any crack-like likely

to

scores due to

cause

premature

feature that has been accounted for

as a secondary

impact upon fracture control is the possibility of misblended

radius

a

due

to

difficult

weld

geometry

or poor workmanship.

(feasibility studies could be another possibility) inspection

Experience

has shown that with proper

(see below) and use of qualified technicians for the grinding oper-

A-3

486-334

a Ot

ation,

the worst

cas~

deviations

from

an ideally

cause nearly as much fatigue performance deep

crack.

fatigue

performance

worst-case words,

Since

weld-toe

grinding

such an initial of well-made

ground

surface would

not

reduction as introduction of a 5-roil

crack

depth

weld-toes

corresponds

to the

average

(ground or not) in general, this

profile error should have a tolerable

In other

impact.

can be used to help ensure that the welds behave as if they

had a 5-roil (rather than a much deeper) crack. The local residual stresses due to local weld shrinkage have been shown to be maximum tension grinding

fix

analytical

can

in the last one or two weld passes.

only

credit

improve

the

has been taken

plans to actually verify through

state

of

for such

residual

Thus, the subject

stress.

improvement

However,

because there

residual stress measurement

no

are no

1) that a stress

decrease has taken place due to grinding, and 2) that the maximum compressive stress excursions not

expected during launch and operation of the platform would

reintroduce

fatigue

yield-level

performance

due to grinding,

tensile

improvement

no specific

residual

might

arise

quantitative

stresses.

from

Thus,

while

residual stress

estimate

some

reduction,

or credit has been taken

for this potential positive effect upon fracture control. Construction: the

weld

profile

Other than the original feasibility

grinding

could

be

achieved

(given

study to show that

qualified

workmen

and

inspectors) as a primary effect, the grinding of the eight weld-toe locations has no known effect upon the fabrication of the as-built platform. The

Inspection:

weld

profile

has

been chosen to provide

clean surface which will only improve the crack-detection

a smooth,

and sizing inspec-

tions and measurement

of the profile itself to ensure that the ground geometry

is within tolerance.

Therefore, it has been decided to prepare the jacket for

load out

grinding

should

before the

apply

a

net

tension

operation. in the

hot

The

resulting

loads on the joints

spot

locations

and

allow

any

pre-

existing large weld-toe cracks to open up and reveal themselves as material is ground

away.

A

qualified

inspector

has

been

assigned

to

work

with

grinders to attempt to detect and size such cracks that might be revealed. repair weld/grinding

the A

procedure has been devised in case such cracks are found

beyond a certain fracture mechanics-based

A-4

maximum size.

Operation:

Beyond

the primary

aspect

of the

increased wave

loading

spectrum already discounted in the initial fatigue analysis, a special inspection schedule for these eight locations should be used to verify the benefits of the grinding.

Appendix FRACTURE

B

CONTROL CHECKLIST

Introduction

B.1

In order to execute a fracture control check and “semiformal” documentation, that

as outlined

fracture

list those

in Appendix

A, some guidelines

control specialists

items to emphasize

should be available

such

can select from a relatively comprehensive

in their fracture control checks.

An initial

version of such a checklist is outlined below:

B.2

Initial

Checklist

B.2.1

General Policv

Fracture

for

Control

Execution

A statement of policy should be made to minimize accidents due to fracture in the structure under study.

Then a more focused and specific statement

of policy could be made for the specific area under study.

B.2.2

Objective State

the

responsibilities,

criteria,

and procedures

to be used

for

fracture control project under study.

B.2.3

Scone

State

which

platforms

and

substructures

covered with the focused fracture control plan.

and

activities

are

to

be

State which activities are to

be emphasized among design, analysis, testing, material selection and control, fabrication,

nondestructive

evaluation,

operations,

maintenance

and inservice

inspection.

State whether the plan is for information only or is an internal

guideline or code.

B-l ,.-

4$6-334

~

B.2.4

Prerequisites

It

is

and Assumptions

often very difficult to define where basic engineering

practice

stops and where specialized fracture control calculations and checking begin. Any written

fracture

control document

should clearly delineate

prerequisites

and assumptions based on information outside the scope of that document. example,

a

rather

broad

set

of

prerequisites

and assumptions

might

For

be as

follows:

Assume that basic materials



and

tion,

comprehensive

data, loads and environmental

structural

analysis

are

defini-

available

as

a

matter of good engineering practice.

Assume

m

a comprehensive

test program to verify unique designs

and

conditions.

B.2.5

Organization and Responsibilities Each organization

under

study

specialist powers)

builder,

(designer, or committee

within

which

involved

in the specific offshore operator)

(possibly with are

could

advisory

represented

at

least

appoint

structural a fracture

detail control

rather than decision-making the

following

engineering

disciplines:



Structural design

*

Structural analysis



Materials engineering



Maintenance



Operation



Inspection

If ating

appropriate, each fracture control committee would develop an oper-

plan

(could be

informal written

document)

which

defines

the

specific

responsibilities of each specialist.

B-2

486-334 .—

0

206

.,..,

B.2.6

Fracture Critical Parts Selection Criteria A systematic

activities control

criteria

should be devised to determine which

are fracture critical and therefore

measures.

Certain

parts and

subject to stringent fracture

parts could be automatically

designated

fracture

critical parts.

6.3

Specific

Requirements,

B.3.1

Sources of Crack, Defect and Damage Initiation Cracks,

crack-like

crevice corrosion ion,

transport,

structure.

Procedures

defects,

and Documentation

or

other

damaging

imperfections

such

as

sources or impact dents, may initiate during the constructinstallation,

The following

operation,

defect types

or dismantling

of a fixed offshore

and causes should be considered

in a

fracture control effort.



Defect in the original material.

These include steel plate porous

regions,

or lamination.

nonmetallic

most significant

inclusions,

The largest and

of these defects should be detected and rejected

or repaired before the plate is used.

9

Cracks initiating from welding:

- Large crack-like weldability of technique

defects in the the materials

weld due or poor

to poor welding

- Cracks caused by overrestraint in the welds and associated high residual stresses (e.g., through improper pre-heat and other welding procedures) - Lamellar tearing near welded joints



Overload of a joint



Fatigue cracks

B-3



Impact



Corrosion

dents,

slices

B.3.2

design

cracks into

Material Assure

gouges,

the

Selection that

tears,

or

or complete

pits,

weld

or

or

crevice

other

joint

separations

corrosion

structural

(severe

knife-edge

detail).

and Specification

the

material

will

behave

at

least

as well

in

as assumed

calculations.

Limit

material

defects

Avoid

materials

too

fracture

Produce

at the

which

might

susceptible

service

near-optimum

initiate

to

subcritical

temperature

tradeoff

fracture.

of the

cracking

and brittle

structure.

among material

strength,

toughness

and cost.

Depending Section

upon the B.2.4,

properties

defined

scope

Prerequisites

as yield

of

the

fracture

and Assumptions),

strength,

ultimate

control assure

strength,

plan

(see

such general

ductility,

and

lamellar tearing resistance are up to defined standards.

Set

tolerance

levels

for

porosity,

inclusions,

laminations,

and

other rolled-plate defects.

Specify those aspects of material process that help meet the above tolerance levels.

Control

carbon-equivalence

and

any

other

important

chemical

composition properties to assure weldability.

Specify materials and processes for fracture-re” ated properties.

B-4

4$6-334

~ofi 0



-

Obtain adequate fracture toughness, crack arrest capacity, dynamic load resistance, crack growth rate resistance, threshold stress factor, intensity stress corrosion and environmental ly-accelerated fatigue susceptibility, effects of temperature and other environmental considerations.

-

Define, as far as possible, effects of processes, size effects (e.g., thickness), grain orientation, and geometric configuration.

Guard against such corrosion-related

failure modes as stress corro-

sion cracking, environmental ly-accelerated fatigue or fracture, and bulk corrosion thickness loss through a combination of paint, other coatings

such

as

metallic

wrap,

and,

most

likely,

cathodic

protection.

B.3.3

Design While producing a near-optimum functional and economic structure, guard

against the five failure modes:

fracture; subcritical crack growth caused by

a combination of cyclic and steady loads and environment; yielding,

including

excessive

plastic deformation modes such as ultimate failure or plastic-hinge

bending;

elastic

or

inelastic

buckling

or

other

instabilities

compression loads; and bulk corrosion leading to loss of cross-section.





General Design: -

Minimize stress concentrations.

-

Provide access for inspection and maintenance

-

Select stress levels so that life can be verified by analysis combined with nondestructive inspection.

-

Clearly identify fracture critical parts on drawings as appropriate.

Fatigue and Fracture Mechanics Analysis:

-

Account for impact of possible initial flaws on all relevant failure models.

B-5

A86-~3A

~O-. m

under

o

-

Perform nondestructive inspection proof test to screen flaws.

-

Evaluate residual stress effects.

Loading.

or, less

likely,

Account for the many sources of loading that might become

important to the five failure modes listed above.



These include:

-

Wave loads. Determination of wave loads includes specification and prediction of maximum wave heights and associated frequencies, characterization of wave spectra as functions of location and water depth, efforts analysis prediction statistical and necessary to specify and justify chosen parameters for wave sizes and spectra, proper computation and including forces, hydrodynamic application of vortices, treatment of wave spectra, and nonlinear combinations of wave and current.

-

Wind loads (involving proper computation of aerodynamic forces and vortices). Work is similar to that involved in specifying waves in that extreme oncein-a-lifetime winds and hurricane models must be specified.

-

Tides and currents

-

Submarine mudslides

-

Marine fouling

-

Where applicable, ice

-

Earthquake loads

-

during forces Installation launch, and dismantling

-

Operational loads associated with platform equipment supplies and lifting for and used drilling personnel.

loadout,

transport,

Design Analysis:

-

Perform standard space-frame analysis jacket and associated structure.

B-6

of

steel



-

Perform quasi static and dynamic analysis for design load cases.

-

Perform local analysis of tubular joints using an appropriate combination of stress analysis tools such as finite and shell theory, element experimental results, and regression (equational or nomographical) fits to analytical or experimental results.

Fatigue above;

Analysis. analysis

Including

of most

load

critical

spectrum

structural

analysis details

described

from global,

local, and crack propagation viewpoint; proper cycle counting using both deterministic

and spectral models; and appropriate cumulative

damage rule.



o

Standard design calculations:

-

Check for local and global buckling of tubular members including the effects of inelastic behavior and hydrostatic collapse. Check for static strength of tubular joints (1) using proven punching shear formulas appropriate for simpler with corrections classes of joints, and (2) designing appropriate experiments for more complex joints.

-

Compare fatigue analysis results described above with known experimental results in the fatigue of If appropriate, introduce fracture tubular joints. mechanics model. calibrated aaainst all known data. for extrapolation to differe~t section thicknesses and other situations.

Complex failure modes:

-

Investigate combined or common failure modes such as caused by progressive degradation due to corrosion and fatigue.

-

Investigate the redundancy role of fail-safe including appropriate dynamic effects, such as dynamic load amplification and dynamic effects on resistance (e.g., the structure might be fail-safe against static failure modes of a given member but not against sudden dynamic fracture).

B-7

4g6”334 \

\

~, 63



Pilings

and Foundation.

significant

tensile

Standard

design

load cases

loads in piling structures

often

so that foundation Some of

structures should be considered when controlling fracture. the more include analysis

important

fracture

determination

control

of axial

of the structure,

slides and earthquakes,

aspects

and shear

displacement

maximum

of foundation

loads

control

bending

cause

design

from space

frame

oads due to mud-

combined with compression

stresses at piling we ded details, and

to produce maximum tensile

for long slender pilings such nonlinear loading effects as the “PA“ effect,

and effects of overloads.

If deterministic design analyses, such as those in the checklist above, are inconclusive, consider a probabilistic approach to either perform a structural optimization or to more realistically model a “worst-case scenario”.

B.3.4

Construction



Understand and control the effects on fracture of processes such as material

removal,

forming,

joining

(especially

through

welding),

thermal treatment, and chemical cleaning.



Meet

specified

structural

assume worst-case

dimensions

effects

the control of fracture.

and

of variations

material

properties

from specifications

or

upon

Minimize residual stresses, especially in

welding.

*

Maintain tolerances and surface finishes.

o

Ensure qualifications

m

Ensure traceability

of personnel involved in fabrication.

of materials, personnel, and procedures used to

fabricate fracture-critical

m

Perform state-of-the-art

parts.

fitness-for-purpose

fabrication defects.

B-8

evaluations of unusual



Use

inspection

liberally

in

locating

weld

defects

and,

during

repair, calibrate the inspection by measuring the depths of defects repaired.



Learn from the occurrence

of weld and other defects.

Attempt to

determine the root cause of such defects and avoid the same during repair welding.

Inspect other joints which may have been subject

to the same root cause.



See

that

welds

merge

smoothly

with

the

adjoining

base

material

without excessive undercut.



Consider

the

advantages

and

disadvantages

of

use

of

extensive

prefabrication processes such as the nodal method of construction.



Concentrate

inspection upon those joints known to have been exposed

to the largest fabrication-induced

B.3.5

loads and residual stresses.

Operation and Inspection



Generally

protect

the

structure

from

damage

either

due to

such

accidents

as boat collisions or due to normal operating conditions

(e.g., corrosion).



Under

damage

concentrate $eri ous evaluated

conditions upon

of the

preserving

imperfections

must

structure,

the be

fracture

integrity found

and

of

control

the

their

must

structure. significance

before they are dangerous, and if necessary repairs must

be made.



Under nondestructive stand sensitivity

evaluation

practices, perform tests to under-

and reliability

of possible techniques.

Select

the most appropriate technique or, much more likely, combination of NDE techniques.

B-9







Review quality and report nonconformance.

-

Report incidence and characteristics

-

Report departures from prescribed properties and dimensions (presumably occurring during operation).

-

Record any actions.

failures,

their

causes

of defects.

and

corrective

Inspect structures periodically.

-

Define inspection scope, frequency, and intensity on basis of knowledge of design and operation. Consider stress levels, NDE capabilities, and level of fail-safe redundancy.

-

Require formal item-by-item checklist proper execution of inspection.

to

confirm

When combining inspection procedures, try to choose techniques that complement

each

other.

For

example,

combine a needed “fine-toothed-comb” a structural the

“general

Consider upon

monitoring health”

timing

of

an

scenarios

of

be

appropriate

to

crack detection technique with

capable of continuous

important

of inspections.

worst-case

growth.

technique

it may

section

of

review of

the

structure.

For example, use intervals based stress

corrosion

or

fatigue

Base certain inspections upon event-related

crack

phenomenon to

take advantage of field experience feedback.



Prior to actual damage, damage

could

decisions of

under

damage

order

of

members,

be

plan actions to repair whatever

found.

This

will

surprising

operational

should

considered,

that

importance,

be are

(1)

avoid

the

events. in

ruptured,

need

types of for

hasty

Among those types

approximate buckled,

decreasing and

missing

(2) large cracks anywhere in the structure but especially

at welded joints, cross-sectional

(3) severe bulk corrosion accompanied thickness,

B-10

(4) accelerated

local

by

10SS

Of

corrosion,

‘---—.

-..

especially affected

in the zones,

form

of

crevices

(5) dents,

or pits near welds

punctures,

and

abrasions,

or heat(6) small

cracks, and (7) corrosion in non-critical members.



Safety-risk

should be the prime consideration

in choosing a repair

procedure for operational abnormalities or unusual events.

The do-

nothing option should always be considered in order to balance the risks associated

with

various

repair schemes and to consider the

role of fail-safe redundancy and alternative

safety measures, such

as evacuation.



Assure a strong feedback loop to designers and other fracture controllers

in order to take

full advantage

of the

lessons

learned

from operational experience.

..,.,

B-n

/